Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Form 10-Q
 
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the period ended April 4, 2009
    or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
Commission file number: 1-7221
 
 
MOTOROLA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
     
DELAWARE   36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
1303 E. Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, Illinois
 
60196
(Address of principal
executive offices)
  (Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(847) 576-5000
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”,“accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
     
Large accelerated filer  þ
  Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer   o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of the close of business on April 4, 2009:
 
     
Class
 
Number of Shares
 
Common Stock; $3 Par Value   2,292,406,133
 


 

 
                 
        Page
 
 
Item 1
    Financial Statements     1  
        Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008     1  
        Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) as of April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008     2  
        Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended April 4, 2009     3  
        Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008     4  
        Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)     5  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     25  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     44  
      Controls and Procedures     45  
      Legal Proceedings     46  
      Risk Factors     46  
      Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     47  
      Defaults Upon Senior Securities     47  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     47  
      Other Information     48  
      Exhibits     49  
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-31.3
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2
  EX-32.3


Table of Contents

 
Part I — Financial Information
 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2009   2008
 
 
Net sales
  $ 5,371     $ 7,448  
Costs of sales
    3,875       5,303  
 
 
Gross margin
    1,496       2,145  
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    869       1,183  
Research and development expenditures
    847       1,054  
Other charges
    229       177  
 
 
Operating loss
    (449 )     (269 )
 
 
Other income (expense):
               
Interest expense, net
    (35 )     (2 )
Gain (loss) on sales of investments and businesses, net
    (20 )     19  
Other
    70       (5 )
 
 
Total other income (expense)
    15       12  
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (434 )     (257 )
Income tax benefit
    (146 )     (67 )
 
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (288 )     (190 )
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    60        
 
 
Net loss
    (228 )     (190 )
 
 
Less: Earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests
    3       4  
 
 
Net loss attributable to Motorola, Inc. 
  $ (231 )   $ (194 )
 
 
Amounts attributable to Motorola, Inc. common shareholders:
               
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax
  $ (291 )   $ (194 )
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    60        
                 
Net loss
  $ (231 )   $ (194 )
Earnings (loss) per common share :
               
Basic:
               
Continuing operations
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.09 )
Discontinued operations
    0.03        
                 
    $ (0.10 )   $ (0.09 )
Diluted:
               
Continuing operations
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.09 )
Discontinued operations
    0.03        
                 
    $ (0.10 )   $ (0.09 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding :
               
Basic
    2,280.5       2,257.0  
Diluted
    2,280.5       2,257.0  
Dividends paid per share
  $ 0.05     $ 0.05  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


1


Table of Contents

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
(In millions, except share amounts)   2009   2008
 
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,265     $ 3,064  
Sigma Fund
    2,587       3,690  
Short-term investments
    19       225  
Accounts receivable, net
    3,689       3,493  
Inventories, net
    2,071       2,659  
Deferred income taxes
    1,161       1,092  
Other current assets
    2,919       3,140  
                 
Total current assets
    15,711       17,363  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,322       2,442  
Sigma Fund
    257       466  
Investments
    498       517  
Deferred income taxes
    2,445       2,428  
Goodwill
    2,822       2,837  
Other assets
    1,708       1,816  
                 
Total assets
  $ 25,763     $ 27,869  
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 63     $ 92  
Accounts payable
    2,265       3,188  
Accrued liabilities
    6,728       7,340  
                 
Total current liabilities
    9,056       10,620  
                 
Long-term debt
    3,878       4,092  
Other liabilities
    3,463       3,562  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, $100 par value
           
Common stock, $3 par value
    6,879       6,831  
Issued shares: 04/04/09 — 2,292.9; 12/31/08 — 2,276.9
               
Outstanding shares: 04/04/09 — 2,292.4; 12/31/08 — 2,276.5
               
Additional paid-in capital
    1,077       1,003  
Retained earnings
    3,647       3,878  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (2,328 )     (2,205 )
                 
Total Motorola, Inc. stockholders’ equity
    9,275       9,507  
Noncontrolling interests
    91       88  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    9,366       9,595  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 25,763     $ 27,869  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


2


Table of Contents

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
(Unaudited)
 
                                                                         
        Motorola, Inc. Shareholders        
            Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)            
            Fair Value
                       
        Common
  Adjustment
  Foreign
                   
        Stock and
  to Available
  Currency
  Retirement
               
        Additional
  for Sale
  Translation
  Benefits
               
        Paid-in
  Securities,
  Adjustments,
  Adjustments,
  Other Items,
  Retained
  Noncontrolling
  Comprehensive
(In millions, except share amounts)   Shares   Capital   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Net of Tax   Earnings   Interests   Earnings (Loss)
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2008
    2,276.9     $ 7,834     $ 2     $ (133 )   $ (2,067 )   $ (7 )   $ 3,878     $ 88          
Net earnings (loss)
                                                    (231 )     3     $ (228 )
Net unrealized gain on securities (net of tax of $4)
                    7                                               7  
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $13)
                            (149 )                                     (149 )
Amortization of retirement benefit adjustments (net of tax of $8)
                                    16                               16  
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised
    16.0       68                                                          
Stock option and employee stock purchase plan expense
            54                                                          
Net gain on derivative instruments (net of tax of $4)
                                            3                       3  
 
 
Balances at April 4, 2009
    2,292.9     $ 7,956     $ 9     $ (282 )   $ (2,051 )   $ (4 )   $ 3,647     $ 91     $ (351 )
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


3


Table of Contents

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
(In millions)   2009   2008
 
 
Operating
               
Net loss attributable to Motorola, Inc. 
  $ (231 )   $ (194 )
Less: Earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests
    3       4  
                 
Net loss
    (228 )     (190 )
Earnings from discontinued operations
    60        
                 
Loss from continuing operations
    (288 )     (190 )
Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash used for operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    190       204  
Non-cash other charges (income)
    4       (1 )
Share-based compensation expense
    76       78  
Loss (gain) on sales of investments and businesses, net
    20       (19 )
Gain from the extinguishment of long-term debt
    (67 )      
Deferred income taxes
    (197 )     (278 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
               
Accounts receivable
    (204 )     627  
Inventories
    582       (46 )
Other current assets
    217       (166 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (1,355 )     (636 )
Other assets and liabilities
    8       84  
                 
Net cash used for operating activities
    (1,014 )     (343 )
 
 
Investing
               
Acquisitions and investments, net
    (15 )     (140 )
Proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, net
    137       20  
Distributions from investments
          1  
Capital expenditures
    (71 )     (111 )
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
    3       5  
Proceeds from sales of Sigma Fund investments, net
    1,319       631  
Proceeds from sales of short-term investments
    206       147  
                 
Net cash provided by investing activities
    1,579       553  
 
 
Financing
               
Repayment of commercial paper and short-term borrowings, net
    (31 )     (54 )
Repayment of debt
    (129 )     (114 )
Issuance of common stock
    56       6  
Purchase of common stock
          (138 )
Payment of dividends
    (114 )     (114 )
Other, net
          (1 )
                 
Net cash used for financing activities
    (218 )     (415 )
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (146 )     146  
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    201       (59 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    3,064       2,752  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 3,265     $ 2,693  
 
 
                 
Cash Flow Information
               
 
 
Cash paid during the period for:
               
Interest, net
  $ 28     $ 19  
Income taxes, net of refunds
    51       161  
 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).


4


Table of Contents

Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
 
1. Basis of Presentation
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements as of April 4, 2009 and for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and reclassifications) necessary to present fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows for all periods presented.
 
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. The results of operations for the three months ended April 4, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full year. Certain amounts in prior period financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2. Discontinued Operations
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company completed the sale of: (i) Good Technology, and (ii) the biometrics business, which includes its Printrak trademark. Collectively, the Company received $163 million in net cash and recorded a net gain on sale of the businesses of $175 million before income taxes, which is included in Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. The operating results of these businesses, formerly included as part of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment, are reported as discontinued operations in the condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ending April 4, 2009. For all other applicable prior periods, the operating results of these businesses have not been reclassified as discontinued operations, since the results are not material to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
The following table displays summarized activity in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for discontinued operations during the three months ended April 4, 2009.
 
         
    April 4,
 
Three Months Ended   2009  
   
 
Net sales
  $ 19  
Operating loss
    (11 )
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    175  
Earnings before income taxes
    162  
Income tax expense
    102  
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    60  
 
 


5


Table of Contents

3. Other Financial Data
 
Statement of Operations Information
 
Other Charges
 
Other charges included in Operating loss consist of the following:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Other charges:
               
Reorganization of businesses
  $ 158     $ 74  
Amortization of intangible assets
    71       83  
Legal settlement
          20  
                 
    $ 229     $ 177  
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
Interest expense, net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Interest income (expense), net:
               
Interest expense
  $ (62 )   $ (78 )
Interest income
    27       76  
                 
    $ (35 )   $ (2 )
                 
Other:
               
Gain from the extinguishment of the Company’s outstanding long-term debt
  $ 67     $  
Decrease in the temporary net unrealized loss of the Sigma Fund investments
    8        
Foreign currency gain
    6       1  
Investment impairments
    (7 )     (18 )
Impairment charges on the Sigma Fund investments
    (1 )     (4 )
Gain on interest rate swaps
          24  
Other
    (3 )     (8 )
                 
    $ 70     $ (5 )
 
 
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2007, concurrently with the issuance of debt, the Company entered into several interest rate swaps to convert the fixed rate interest cost of the debt to a floating rate. At the time of entering into these interest rate swaps, the swaps were designated as fair value hedges and qualified for hedge accounting treatment. The swaps were originally designated as fair value hedges of the underlying debt, including the Company’s credit spread. During the three months ended March 29, 2008, the swaps were no longer considered effective hedges because of the volatility in the price of the Company’s fixed-rate domestic term debt and the swaps were dedesignated. In the same period, the Company was able to redesignate the same interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of the underlying debt, exclusive of the Company’s credit spread. For the period of time that the swaps were deemed ineffective hedges, the Company recognized a gain of $24 million, representing the increase in the fair value of the swaps.


6


Table of Contents

Loss Per Common Share
 
The computation of basic and diluted loss per common share attributable to Motorola, Inc. common shareholders is as follows:
 
                                 
    Amounts attributable to Motorola, Inc.
    common shareholders
    Continuing Operations   Net Loss
    April 4,
  March 29,
  April 4,
  March 29,
Three Months Ended   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
 
Basic loss per common share:
                               
Loss
  $ (291 )   $ (194 )   $ (231 )   $ (194 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,280.5       2,257.0       2,280.5       2,257.0  
                                 
Per share amount
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.09 )
                                 
Diluted loss per common share:
                               
Loss
  $ (291 )   $ (194 )   $ (231 )   $ (194 )
                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,280.5       2,257.0       2,280.5       2,257.0  
                                 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,280.5       2,257.0       2,280.5       2,257.0  
                                 
Per share amount
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.09 )
 
 
 
For the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, the Company was in a net loss position and, accordingly, the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal because any increase to the basic shares would be antidilutive. In the computation of diluted loss per common share from both continuing operations and on a net loss basis for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, the assumed exercise of 222.4 million and 175.8 million stock options, respectively, was excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
 
Balance Sheet Information
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents (which are highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less) were $3.3 billion and $3.1 billion at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Of these amounts, $337 million and $343 million, respectively, were restricted.
 
Sigma Fund
 
The Sigma Fund consists of the following:
 
                                 
    Recorded Value   Temporary Unrealized
April 4, 2009   Current   Non-current   Gains   Losses
 
 
Securities:
                               
U.S. government and agency obligations
  $ 993     $     $     $  
Corporate bonds
    1,438       208       22       (75 )
Asset-backed securities
    89       23             (26 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    67       26             (14 )
                                 
    $ 2,587     $ 257     $ 22     $ (115 )
 
 
 


7


Table of Contents

                                 
    Recorded Value   Temporary Unrealized
December 31, 2008   Current   Non-current   Gains   Losses
 
 
Cash
  $ 1,108     $     $     $  
Certificates of deposit
    20                    
Securities:
                               
U.S. government and agency obligations
    752                    
Corporate bonds
    1,616       366       25       (88 )
Asset-backed securities
    113       59             (24 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    81       41             (14 )
                                 
    $ 3,690     $ 466     $ 25     $ (126 )
 
 
 
The fair market value of investments in the Sigma Fund was $2.8 billion and $4.2 billion at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
The temporary net unrealized loss in the Sigma Fund was $93 million as of April 4, 2009 and $101 million as of December 31, 2008. The $8 million decrease in the temporary net unrealized loss of the investments of the Sigma Fund during the three months ended April 4, 2009 was recognized in Other income (expense) in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As discussed below, the $42 million increase in the temporary net unrealized losses of the investments of the Sigma Fund during the three months ended March 29, 2008 was recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity.
 
If it becomes probable the Company will not collect amounts it is owed on securities according to their contractual terms, the Company considers the security to be impaired and adjusts the cost basis of the security accordingly. For the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, impairment charges in the Sigma Fund were $1 million and $4 million, respectively.
 
Securities with a significant temporary unrealized loss and a maturity greater than 12 months and impaired securities have been classified as non-current in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, $257 million and $466 million, respectively, of the Sigma Fund investments were classified as non-current. The weighted average maturity of the Sigma Fund investments classified as non-current (excluding impaired securities) was 15 and 16 months, respectively.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company changed its accounting for changes in the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded changes to the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund in the condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity. However, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company determined that changes to the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund should be recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. In its stand-alone financial statements, the Sigma Fund uses “investment company” accounting practices and records all changes in the value of the underlying investments in earnings, whether such changes are considered temporary or permanent declines in value. The Company determined that the underlying accounting practices of the Sigma Fund in its stand-alone financial statements should be retained in the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company recorded the cumulative temporary net unrealized loss of $101 million in its consolidated statements of operations during the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company determined that amounts that arose in periods prior to fourth quarter of 2008 were not material to the consolidated results of operations in those periods.

8


Table of Contents

Investments
 
Investments consist of the following:
 
                                         
    Recorded Value   Less    
    Short-term
      Unrealized
  Unrealized
  Cost
April 4, 2009   Investments   Investments   Gains   Losses   Basis
 
 
Certificates of deposit
  $ 19     $     $     $     $ 19  
Available-for-sale securities:
                                       
U.S. government and agency obligations
          27       1             26  
Corporate bonds
          12             (1 )     13  
Asset-backed securities
          1                   1  
Mortgage-backed securities
          3                   3  
Common stock and equivalents
          118       17       (2 )     103  
                                         
      19       161       18       (3 )     165  
Other securities, at cost
          274                   274  
Equity method investments
          63                   63  
                                         
    $ 19     $ 498     $ 18     $ (3 )   $ 502  
 
 
 
                                         
    Recorded Value   Less    
    Short-term
      Unrealized
  Unrealized
  Cost
December 31, 2008   Investments   Investments   Gains   Losses   Basis
 
 
Certificates of deposit
  $ 225     $     $     $     $ 225  
Available-for-sale securities:
                                       
U.S. government and agency obligations
          28       1             27  
Corporate bonds
          11                   11  
Asset-backed securities
          1                   1  
Mortgage-backed securities
          4                   4  
Common stock and equivalents
          117       5       (2 )     114  
                                         
      225       161       6       (2 )     382  
Other securities, at cost
          296                   296  
Equity method investments
          60                   60  
                                         
    $ 225     $ 517     $ 6     $ (2 )   $ 738  
 
 
 
At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had $19 million and $225 million, respectively, in short-term investments (which are highly-liquid fixed-income investments with an original maturity greater than three months but less than one year).
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, the Company recorded investment impairment charges of $7 million and $18 million, respectively, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio. Investment impairment charges are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 3,863     $ 3,675  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (174 )     (182 )
                 
    $ 3,689     $ 3,493  
 
 


9


Table of Contents

Inventories
 
Inventories, net, consist of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Finished goods
  $ 1,384     $ 1,710  
Work-in-process and production materials
    1,497       1,709  
                 
      2,881       3,419  
Less inventory reserves
    (810 )     (760 )
                 
    $ 2,071     $ 2,659  
 
 
 
Other Current Assets
 
Other current assets consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Costs and earnings in excess of billings
  $ 995     $ 1,094  
Contract related deferred costs
    900       861  
Contractor receivables
    393       378  
Value-added tax refunds receivable
    193       278  
Other
    438       529  
                 
    $ 2,919     $ 3,140  
 
 
 
Property, plant, and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment, net, consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Land
  $ 140     $ 148  
Building
    1,850       1,905  
Machinery and equipment
    5,404       5,687  
                 
      7,394       7,740  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (5,072 )     (5,298 )
                 
    $ 2,322     $ 2,442  
 
 
 
Depreciation expense for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008 was $119 million and $121 million, respectively.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,176 and $1,106
  $ 798     $ 869  
Royalty license arrangements
    266       289  
Contract related deferred costs
    157       136  
Value-added tax refunds receivable
    94       117  
Long-term receivables, net of allowances of $4 and $7
    54       52  
Other
    339       353  
                 
    $ 1,708     $ 1,816  
 
 


10


Table of Contents

Accrued Liabilities
 
Accrued liabilities consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Deferred revenue
  $ 1,606     $ 1,533  
Customer downpayments
    673       496  
Compensation
    612       703  
Tax liabilities
    467       545  
Customer reserves
    453       599  
Contractor payables
    256       318  
Warranty reserves
    255       285  
Other
    2,406       2,861  
                 
    $ 6,728     $ 7,340  
 
 
 
Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities consists of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Defined benefit plans, including split dollar life insurance policies
  $ 2,119     $ 2,202  
Deferred revenue
    293       316  
Unrecognized tax benefits
    284       312  
Postretirement health care benefit plan
    264       261  
Other
    503       471  
                 
    $ 3,463     $ 3,562  
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity Information
 
Share Repurchase Program
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company did not repurchase any of its common shares. During the three months ended March 29, 2008, the Company repurchased 9 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of $138 million. Since the inception of its share repurchase program in May 2005, the Company has repurchased a total of 394 million common shares for an aggregate cost of $7.9 billion. All repurchased shares have been retired. As of April 4, 2009, the Company remained authorized to purchase an aggregate amount of up to $3.6 billion of additional shares under the current stock repurchase program. The timing and amount of future purchases will be based on market and other conditions.
 
Payment of Dividends
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company paid $114 million in cash dividends to holders of its common stock, related to the payment of a dividend declared in November 2008. In February 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors suspended the declaration of quarterly dividends on the Company’s common stock.
 
4. Long-Term Debt
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company completed the open market purchase of $199 million of its outstanding long-term debt for an aggregate purchase price of $133 million, including $4 million of accrued interest. Included in the $199 million of long-term debt repurchased were repurchases of a principal amount of: (i) $11 million of the $400 million outstanding of the 7.50% Debentures due 2025, (ii) $20 million of the $309 million outstanding of the 6.50% Debentures due 2025, (iii) $14 million of the $299 million outstanding of the 6.50% Debentures due 2028, and (iv) $154 million of the $600 million outstanding of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2037. The Company recognized a gain of approximately $67 million related to these open market purchases in Other within Other income (expense) in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.


11


Table of Contents

5. Risk Management
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
 
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
 
At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $2.4 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
The following table shows the five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of April 4, 2009 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2008:
 
                 
    Notional Amount
    April 4,
  December 31,
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency   2009   2008
 
 
Chinese Renminbi
  $ (566 )   $ (481 )
Euro
    (488 )     (445 )
Brazilian Real
    (407 )     (356 )
British Pound
    255       122  
Japanese Yen
    128       542  
 
 
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
At April 4, 2009, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $59 million of short-term variable rate foreign debt. At April 4, 2009, the Company has $3.9 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
 
As part of its domestic liability management program, the Company historically entered into interest rate swaps (“Hedging Agreements”) to synthetically modify the characteristics of interest rate payments for certain of its outstanding long-term debt from fixed-rate payments to short-term variable rate payments. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company terminated all of its Hedging Agreements. The termination of the Hedging Agreements resulted in cash proceeds of approximately $158 million and a net gain of approximately $173 million, which was deferred and is being recognized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of the associated debt.


12


Table of Contents

Additionally, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries has outstanding interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is variable. The Interest Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from variable to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as a part of a hedging relationship and, accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. The weighted average fixed rate payments on these Interest Agreements was 5.04%. The fair value of the Interest Agreements at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $(5) million and $(2) million, respectively.
 
The use of derivative financial instruments exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties. However, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instruments when the derivative is in an asset position. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk. At present time, all of the counterparties have investment grade credit ratings. The Company is not exposed to material credit risk with any single counterparty. As of April 4, 2009, the Company was exposed to an aggregate credit risk of $14 million with all counterparties.
 
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“FAS”) No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” on January 1, 2009, which enhances the disclosure related to derivative instruments and hedging activities to improve the transparency of our financial reporting.
 
The following table summarizes the fair values and location in our condensed consolidated balance sheets of all derivatives held by the Company:
 
                                 
    Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
    Assets   Liabilities
        Balance
      Balance
    Fair
  Sheet
  Fair
  Sheet
April 4, 2009   Value   Location   Value   Location
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                               
Foreign exchange contracts
  $ 5       Other assets     $ 10       Other liabilities  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                               
Foreign exchange contracts
    34       Other assets       26       Other liabilities  
Interest agreement contracts
    1       Other assets       6       Other liabilities  
                                 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
    35               32          
                                 
Total derivatives
  $ 40             $ 42          
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the effect of derivative instruments in our condensed consolidated statements of operations:
 
                 
    Gain
  Statement of
Three Months Ended April 4, 2009   (Loss)   Operations Location
 
 
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Foreign exchange contracts
  $       Foreign currency gain (loss )
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
               
Interest rate contracts
    (5 )     Other income (expense )
Foreign exchange contracts
    (31 )     Other income (expense )
                 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
  $ (36 )        
 
 


13


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the gains (losses) recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements:
                 
    Foreign
       
    Exchange
       
Three Months Ended April 4, 2009   Contracts     Location  
   
 
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
               
Loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (effective portion)
  $ (5 )        
Loss reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into Net loss (effective portion)
    (6 )     Cost of sales/Sales  
Gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative (ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing)
          Other income (expense )
 
 
 
6. Income Taxes
 
The Company evaluates its deferred income taxes on a quarterly basis to determine if valuation allowances are required by considering available evidence, including historical and projected taxable income and tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s U.S operations had generated two consecutive years of pre-tax losses, which are attributable to the Mobile Devices segment. During 2007 and 2008, the Home and Networks Mobility and Enterprise Mobility Solution businesses (collectively referred to as the “Broadband Mobility Solutions businesses”) were profitable in the U.S. and worldwide. Because of the 2007 and 2008 losses at Mobile Devices and the near-term forecasts for the Mobile Devices business, the Company believes that the weight of negative historic evidence precludes it from considering any forecasted income from the Mobile Devices business in its analysis of the recoverability of deferred tax assets. However, based on the sustained profits of the Broadband Mobility Solutions businesses, the Company believes that the weight of positive historic evidence allows it to include forecasted income from the Broadband Mobility Solutions businesses in its analysis of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets. The Company also considered in its analysis tax planning strategies that are prudent and can be reasonably implemented. Based on all available positive and negative evidence, we concluded that a partial valuation allowance should be recorded against the net deferred tax assets of our U.S operations. During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $2.1 billion for foreign tax credits, general business credits, capital losses and state tax carry forwards that are more likely than not to expire. The Company also recorded valuation allowances of $126 million in 2008 relating to tax carryforwards and deferred tax assets of non-U.S. subsidiaries, including Brazil, China and Spain, that the Company believes are more likely than not to expire or go unused.
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company recorded additional U.S. valuation allowances of approximately $150 million relating to deferred tax assets generated on the disposition of its subsidiary, Good Technologies, Inc. The net tax impact of the subsidiary disposition is included in discontinued operations. There were no other material changes to the Company’s valuation allowances during the quarter.
 
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $883 million and $914 million, at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, of which approximately $420 million and $580 million, respectively, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate, net of resulting changes to valuation allowances.
 
The Company has audits pending in several tax jurisdictions. Although the final resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved.
 
Based on the potential outcome of the Company’s global tax examinations, the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, or the continued ability to satisfy tax incentive obligations, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next 12 months. The associated net tax benefits, which would favorably impact the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, are estimated to be in the range of $0 to $250 million, with cash payments not expected to exceed $50 million.


14


Table of Contents

7. Retirement Benefits
 
Pension Benefit Plans
 
The net periodic pension costs for the Regular Pension Plan, Officers’ Plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan (“MSPP”) and Non-U.S. plans were as follows:
 
                                                 
    April 4, 2009   March 29, 2008
    Regular
  Officers’
  Non
  Regular
  Officers’
  Non
Three Months Ended   Pension   and MSPP   U.S.   Pension   and MSPP   U.S.
 
 
Service cost
  $ 4     $     $ 6     $ 26     $ 1     $ 13  
Interest cost
    85       2       16       81       2       32  
Expected return on plan assets
    (95 )           (14 )     (98 )     (1 )     (29 )
Amortization of:
                                               
Unrecognized net loss
    20             1       13       1        
Unrecognized prior service cost
                      (8 )            
Settlement/curtailment loss
          2                   3        
                                                 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 14     $ 4     $ 9     $ 14     $ 6     $ 16  
 
 
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, contributions of $60 million and $8 million were made to the Company’s Regular Pension and Non-U.S. plans, respectively.
 
The Company has amended its Regular Pension Plan, the Officers’ Plan and MSPP such that: (i) no participant shall accrue any benefits or additional benefits on or after March 1, 2009, and (ii) no compensation increases earned by a participant on or after March 1, 2009 shall be used to compute any accrued benefit.
 
Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plans
 
Net postretirement health care expenses consist of the following:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Service cost
  $ 1     $ 3  
Interest cost
    7       6  
Expected return on plan assets
    (4 )     (5 )
Amortization of:
               
Unrecognized net loss
    2       1  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (1 )     (1 )
                 
Net postretirement health care expense
  $ 5     $ 4  
 
 
 
The Company made no contributions to its postretirement healthcare fund during the three months ended April 4, 2009.
 
The Company maintains a number of endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies that were taken out on now-retired officers under a plan that was frozen prior to December 31, 2004. The Company had purchased the life insurance policies to insure the lives of employees and then entered into a separate agreement with the employees that split the policy benefits between the Company and the employee. Motorola owns the policies, controls all rights of ownership, and may terminate the insurance policies. To effect the split-dollar arrangement, Motorola endorsed a portion of the death benefits to the employee and upon the death of the employee, the employee’s beneficiary typically receives the designated portion of the death benefits directly from the insurance company and the Company receives the remainder of the death benefits. During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company recorded $1 million in expenses related to this plan.


15


Table of Contents

8. Share-Based Compensation Plans
 
Compensation expense for the Company’s employee stock options, stock appreciation rights, employee stock purchase plans, restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) was as follows:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Share-based compensation expense included in:
               
Costs of sales
  $ 9     $ 8  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    41       47  
Research and development expenditures
    26       23  
                 
Share-based compensation expense included in Operating loss
    76       78  
Tax benefit
    24       24  
                 
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax
  $ 52     $ 54  
                 
Increase in Basic loss per share
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.02 )
Increase in Diluted loss per share
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.02 )
 
 
 
For the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company granted 2.3 million RSUs and 7.8 million stock options. The total compensation expense related to the RSUs is $9 million. The total compensation expense related to stock options is $15 million, net of estimated forfeitures. The expense for RSUs will be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of three years. The expense for stock options will be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of two years.
 
9. Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”) on January 1, 2008 for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not change the accounting for those instruments that were, under previous GAAP, accounted for at cost or contract value. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2 (“FSP 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 one year for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Under FSP 157-2, the Company has applied the measurement criteria of SFAS 157 to the remaining assets and liabilities as of the first quarter of 2009. The Company has no non-financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 4, 2009.
 
The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which must be measured using the SFAS 157 prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies. SFAS 157 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:
 
Level 1 —Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
 
Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.
 
Level 3 —Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.


16


Table of Contents

 
The levels of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value were as follows:
 
                                 
April 4, 2009   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
   
 
Assets:
                               
Sigma Fund securities:
                               
U.S. government and agency obligations
  $     $ 993     $     $ 993  
Corporate bonds
          1,545       101       1,646  
Asset-backed securities
          112             112  
Mortgage-backed securities
          85       8       93  
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
U.S. government and agency obligations
          27             27  
Corporate bonds
          12             12  
Asset-backed securities
          1             1  
Mortgage-backed securities
          3             3  
Common stock and equivalents
    118                   118  
Derivative assets
          40             40  
Liabilities:
                               
Derivative liabilities
          42             42  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of our Level 3 assets:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 134     $ 35  
Transfers to Level 3
    1       10  
Purchases, issuances, settlements and payments received
    (24 )      
Impairment losses recognized on the Sigma Fund investments included Other income (expense)
    (1 )     (4 )
Temporary unrealized losses in the Sigma Fund investments included in Other income (expense)
    (1 )      
Temporary unrealized losses in the Sigma Fund investments included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
          (2 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 109     $ 39  
 
 
 
Valuation Methodologies
 
Quoted market prices in active markets are available for investments in common stock and equivalents and, as such, these investments are classified within Level 1.
 
The securities classified above as Level 2 are primarily those that are professionally managed within the Sigma Fund. The Company primarily relies on valuation pricing models and broker quotes to determine the fair value of investments in the Sigma Fund. The valuation models are developed and maintained by third party pricing services and use a number of standard inputs to the valuation model including benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes where the party is standing ready and able to transact, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and other reference data. The valuation model may prioritize these inputs differently at each balance sheet date for any given security, based on market conditions. Not all of the standard inputs listed will be used each time in the valuation models. For each asset class, quantifiable inputs related to perceived market movements and sector news may be considered in addition to the standard inputs.
 
In determining the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap derivatives, the Company uses the present value of expected cash flows based on market observable interest rate yield curves commensurate with the term of each instrument and the credit default swap market to reflect the credit risk of either the Company or the counterparty. For foreign currency derivatives, the Company’s approach is to use forward contract and option valuation models employing market observable inputs, such as spot currency rates, time value and option volatilities. Since the Company primarily uses observable inputs in its valuation of its derivative assets and liabilities, they are considered Level 2.


17


Table of Contents

Level 3 fixed income securities are debt securities that do not have actively traded quotes on the date the Company presents its condensed consolidated balance sheets and require the use of unobservable inputs, such as indicative quotes from dealers and qualitative input from investment advisors, to value these securities.
 
At April 4, 2009, the Company has $847 million of investments in money market mutual funds classified as Cash and cash equivalents in its condensed consolidated balance sheets. The money market funds have quoted market prices that are generally equivalent to par.
 
10. Long-term Customer Financing and Sales of Receivables
 
Long-term Customer Financing
 
Long-term receivables consist of trade receivables with payment terms greater than twelve months, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases. Long-term receivables consist of the following:
 
                 
    April 4,
  December 31,
    2009   2008
 
 
Long-term receivables
  $ 205     $ 169  
Less allowance for losses
    (4 )     (7 )
                 
      201       162  
Less current portion
    (147 )     (110 )
                 
Non-current long-term receivables, net
  $ 54     $ 52  
 
 
 
The current portion of long-term receivables is included in Accounts receivable and the non-current portion of long-term receivables is included in Other assets in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide long-term financing (defined as financing with terms greater than one year) in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide long-term financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third parties totaling $295 million and $370 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Of these amounts, $163 million and $266 million were supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase long-term receivables at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. In response to the recent tightening in the credit markets, certain customers of the Company have requested financing in connection with equipment purchases, and these types of requests have increased in volume and scope.
 
In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $34 million and $43 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively (including $22 million and $23 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $4 million and $6 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively (including $2 million and $4 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
 
Sales of Receivables
 
The Company sells accounts receivables and long-term receivables to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these accounts receivables and long-term receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature and, typically, must be renewed on an annual basis. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
 
In the aggregate, at April 4, 2009, these committed facilities provided for up to $383 million to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $967 million at December 31, 2008. As of April 4, 2009, $231 million


18


Table of Contents

of the Company’s committed facilities were utilized, compared to $759 million utilized at December 31, 2008. Of the $383 million of committed facilities at April 4, 2009, there were no revolving facilities associated with the sale of accounts receivables and the $383 million were committed facilities associated with the sale of specific long-term financing transactions to a single customer (of which the $231 million were utilized at April 4, 2009). Of the $967 million of committed facilities at December 31, 2008, $532 million were revolving facilities associated with the sale of accounts receivables (of which $497 million were utilized at December 31, 2008) and $435 million were committed facilities associated with the sale of specific long-term financing transactions to a single customer (of which $262 million were utilized at December 31, 2008). In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the revolving committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
 
For many years, the Company has utilized a number of receivables programs to sell a broadly-diversified group of accounts receivables to third parties. Certain of the accounts receivables were sold to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit. This program provided for up to $400 million of accounts receivables to be outstanding with the conduit at any time. During the three months ended April 4, 2009, this $400 million committed facility expired and the Company is currently negotiating a replacement facility.
 
For the three months ended April 4, 2009, total accounts receivables and long-term receivables sold by the Company were $259 million, compared to $745 million and $1.1 billion during the three months ended March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2008, respectively (including $218 million, $695 million and $1.0 billion, respectively, of accounts receivables). As of April 4, 2009, there were $470 million of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $95 million of accounts receivable), compared to $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2008 (including $621 million of accounts receivable).
 
Under certain receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $22 million and $23 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Reserves of $4 million were recorded for potential losses at both April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
 
11. Commitments and Contingencies
 
Legal
 
The Company is a defendant in various suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Other
 
The Company is also a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it is obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Some of these obligations arise as a result of divestitures of the Company’s assets or businesses and require the Company to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from the settlement of these pending obligations. The total amount of indemnification under these types of provisions is $174 million, of which the Company accrued $78 million at April 4, 2009 for potential claims under these provisions.
 
In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to patent indemnities given the current legal climate.
 
In indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, and for amounts not in excess of the contract value, and, in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.


19


Table of Contents

12. Segment Information
 
The Company reports financial results for the following operating business segments:
 
  •  The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property.
 
  •  The Home and Networks Mobility segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery systems, broadband access infrastructure platforms, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems, including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers (collectively, referred to as the “network business”).
 
  •  The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales to distributors of two-way communication products, are referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, energy and utilities, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”).
 
The following table summarizes the Net sales and Operating earnings (loss) by operating business segment:
 
                                 
        Operating Earnings
    Net Sales   (Loss)
    April 4,
  March 29,
  April 4,
  March 29,
Three Months Ended   2009   2008   2009   2008
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 1,801     $ 3,299     $ (509 )   $ (418 )
Home and Networks Mobility
    1,991       2,383       115       153  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    1,599       1,806       156       250  
                                 
      5,391       7,488       (238 )     (15 )
Other and Eliminations
    (20 )     (40 )     (211 )     (254 )
                                 
    $ 5,371     $ 7,448                  
                                 
Operating loss
                    (449 )     (269 )
Total other income (expense)
                    15       12  
                                 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
                  $ (434 )   $ (257 )
 
 
 
The Operating loss in Other and Eliminations consists of the following:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  March 29,
    2009   2008
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
  $ 71     $ 83  
Share-based compensation expense(1)
    61       69  
Corporate expenses(2)
    54       73  
Reorganization of business charges
    25       9  
Legal settlements
          20  
                 
    $ 211     $ 254  
 
 
 
(1) Primarily comprised of: (i) compensation expense related to the Company’s employee stock options, stock appreciation rights and employee stock purchase plans, and (ii) compensation expenses related to the restricted stock and restricted stock units granted to the corporate employees.
 
(2) Primarily comprised of: (i) general corporate-related expenses, (ii) various corporate programs, representing developmental businesses and research and development projects, which are not included in any reporting segment, and (iii) the Company’s wholly-owned finance subsidiary.


20


Table of Contents

 
13. Reorganization of Businesses
 
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities and other contractual terminations. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for employee separation and exit costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer needed because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. In these cases, the Company reverses accruals through the condensed consolidated statements of operations where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer needed.
 
2009 Charges
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans, with the majority of the impact in the Mobile Devices segment. The employees affected are located in all regions. During the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $204 million, including $46 million of charges in Costs of sales and $158 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $204 million are charges of $204 million for employee separation costs, $4 million for exit costs and $17 million for fixed asset impairment charges, partially offset by $21 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:
 
         
Three Months Ended   April 4, 2009
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 128  
Home and Networks Mobility
    21  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    30  
         
      179  
Corporate
    25  
         
    $ 204  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2009 to April 4, 2009:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
              Accruals at
    January 1,
  Additional
      Amount
  April 4,
    2009   Charges   Adjustments(1)   Used   2009
 
 
Exit costs
  $ 80     $ 4     $ (5 )   $ (27 )   $ 52  
Employee separation costs
    170       204       (20 )     (148 )     206  
                                         
    $ 250     $ 208     $ (25 )   $ (175 )   $ 258  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs
 
At January 1, 2009, the Company had an accrual of $80 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2009 additional charges of $4 million are primarily related to the exit of leased facilities and contractual termination costs, both within the Mobile Devices segment. The adjustments of $5 million reflect: (i) $3 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, and (ii) $2 million of translation adjustments. The $27 million used in 2009 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $52 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at April 4, 2009, represents future cash payments primarily for lease termination obligations.


21


Table of Contents

Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2009, the Company had an accrual of $170 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,000 employees. The 2009 additional charges of $204 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 5,600 employees, of which 2,000 are direct employees and 3,600 are indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $20 million reflect: (i) $18 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, and (ii) $2 million of translation adjustments.
 
During the three months ended April 4, 2009, approximately 5,100 employees, of which 2,100 were direct employees and 3,000 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $148 million used in 2009 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $206 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at April 4, 2009, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,500 separated employees in 2009.
 
2008 Charges
 
During the three months ended March 29, 2008 the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans, with the majority of the impact in the Mobile Devices segment. The employees affected are located in all regions. During the three months ended March 29, 2008, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $109 million, including $35 million of charges in Costs of sales and $74 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $109 million are charges of $113 million for employee separation costs and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $9 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:
 
         
Three Months Ended   March 29, 2008
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 71  
Home and Networks Mobility
    20  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    9  
         
      100  
Corporate
    9  
         
    $ 109  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2008 to March 29, 2008:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
              Accruals at
    January 1,
  Additional
      Amount
  March 29,
    2009   Charges   Adjustments(1)   Used   2008
 
 
Exit costs
  $ 42     $ 5     $ 2     $ (5 )   $ 44  
Employee separation costs
    193       113       (1 )     (74 )     231  
                                         
    $ 235     $ 118     $ 1     $ (79 )   $ 275  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs
 
At January 1, 2008, the Company had an accrual of $42 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2008 additional charges of $5 million are primarily related to contractual termination costs of a planned exit of outsourced design activities. The $5 million used in 2008 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $44 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 29, 2008, represents future cash payments primarily for lease termination obligations.


22


Table of Contents

Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2008, the Company had an accrual of $193 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,800 employees. The 2008 additional charges of $113 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 are direct employees and 1,300 are indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $1 million reflect $9 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, partially offset by $8 million of translation adjustments. The $9 million of reversals represent approximately 100 employees.
 
During the three months ended March 29, 2008, approximately 1,500 employees, of which 800 were direct employees and 700 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $74 million used in 2008 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $231 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 29, 2008, is expected to be paid to approximately 3,800 separated employees in 2008. Since that time, $182 million has been paid to approximately 3,400 separated employees and $49 million was reversed.
 
14. Acquisitions-related Intangibles
 
Intangible Assets
 
Amortized intangible assets were comprised of the following:
 
                                 
    April 4, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Gross
      Gross
   
    Carrying
  Accumulated
  Carrying
  Accumulated
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
 
 
Intangible assets
                               
Completed technology
  $ 1,126     $ 673     $ 1,127     $ 633  
Patents
    292       139       292       125  
Customer-related
    277       116       277       104  
Licensed technology
    129       119       129       118  
Other intangibles
    150       129       150       126  
                                 
    $ 1,974     $ 1,176     $ 1,975     $ 1,106  
 
 
 
Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other and Eliminations, was $71 million and $83 million for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, respectively. As of April 4, 2009, annual amortization expense is estimated to be $278 million for 2009, $256 million in 2010, $242 million in 2011, $50 million in 2012 and $29 million in 2013.
 
Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill, by business segment:
 
                                 
    April 4, 2009   December 31, 2008
    Gross
      Gross
   
    Carrying
  Accumulated
  Carrying
  Accumulated
Segment   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 44     $ 44     $ 45     $ 45  
Home and Networks Mobility
    722       537       722       522  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    1,208       595       1,208       539  
                                 
    $ 1,974     $ 1,176     $ 1,975     $ 1,106  
 
 


23


Table of Contents

Goodwill
 
The following tables display a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill from January 1, 2009 to April 4, 2009, by business segment:
 
                                 
    January 1,
          April 4,
Segment   2009   Adjustments(1)   Dispositions   2009
 
 
Home and Networks Mobility
  $ 1,409     $ (4 )   $     $ 1,405  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    1,428             (11 )     1,417  
                                 
    $ 2,837     $ (4 )   $ (11 )   $ 2,822  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.


24


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
This commentary should be read in conjunction with the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, as well as the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Executive Overview
 
What businesses are we in?
 
Motorola reports financial results for the following operating business segments:
 
  •   The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales were $1.8 billion, representing 34% of the Company’s consolidated net sales. *
 
  •   The Home and Networks Mobility segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery systems, broadband access infrastructure platforms, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems, including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers (collectively, referred to as the “network business”). In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales were $2.0 billion, representing 37% of the Company’s consolidated net sales. *
 
  •   The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales to distributors of two-way communication products, are referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, energy and utilities, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”). In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales were $1.6 billion, representing 30% of the Company’s consolidated net sales. *
 
First-Quarter Summary
 
  •   Net Sales were $5.4 Billion:   Our net sales were $5.4 billion in the first quarter of 2009, down 28% compared to net sales of $7.4 billion in the first quarter of 2008. Compared to the year-ago quarter, net sales decreased 45% in the Mobile Devices segment, decreased 16% in the Home and Networks Mobility segment and decreased 11% in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment.
 
  •   Operating Loss of $449 Million:   We incurred an operating loss of $449 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to an operating loss of $269 million in the first quarter of 2008. Operating margin was (8.4)% of net sales in the first quarter of 2009, compared to (3.6)% of net sales in the first quarter of 2008.
 
  •   Loss From Continuing Operations of $291 Million, or $0.13 per Share:   We incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $291 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2009, compared to a net loss from continuing operations of $194 million, or $0.09 per diluted common share, in the first quarter of 2008.
 
  •   First-Quarter Global Handset Market Share Estimated at 6.0%, based on Handset Shipments of 14.7 Million Units:   We estimate our share of the global handset market in the first quarter of 2009 was approximately 6.0%, a decrease of approximately 3 percentage points versus the first quarter of 2008. We shipped 14.7 million handsets in the first quarter of 2009, a 46% decrease compared to shipments of 27.4 million handsets in the first quarter of 2008.
 
 
* When discussing the net sales of each of our three segments, we express the segment’s net sales as a percentage of the Company’s consolidated net sales. However, certain of our segments sell products to other Motorola businesses and intracompany sales are eliminated as part of the consolidation process. Therefore, the percentages of consolidated net sales for our business segments do not always sum to 100%.


25


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  •   Digital Entertainment Device Shipments were 4.3 Million:   We shipped 4.3 million digital entertainment devices in the first quarter of 2009, an increase of 2% compared to shipments of 4.2 million devices in the first quarter of 2008.
 
  •   Operating Cash Usage of $1.0 Billion:   We used $1.0 billion of net cash for operating activities in the first quarter of 2009, compared to using $343 million of net cash for operating activities in the first quarter of 2008. The increase in net cash used for operating activities was primarily driven by: (i) a reduction in the volume of accounts receivable sold to third parties, and (ii) an increase in payments for employee severance and exit costs related to the Company’s reorganization of business plans.
 
Net sales for each of our business segments were as follows:
 
  •   In Mobile Devices:   Net sales were $1.8 billion in the first quarter of 2009, a decrease of 45% compared to net sales of $3.3 billion in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in net sales was primarily driven by a 46% decrease in unit shipments, partially offset by a 2% increase in average selling price (“ASP”). On a geographic basis, net sales decreased substantially in all regions. On a product technology basis, net sales decreased substantially for GSM, CDMA and 3G technologies, partially offset by an increase in sales of iDEN technologies.
 
  •   In Home and Networks Mobility:   Net sales were $2.0 billion in the first quarter of 2009, a decrease of 16% compared to net sales of $2.4 billion in the first quarter of 2008. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased in North America, the Europe, Middle East and Africa region and Latin America and increased in Asia. The decrease in net sales reflects a 21% decrease in net sales in the networks business and a 12% decrease in net sales in the home business.
 
  •   In Enterprise Mobility Solutions:   Net sales were $1.6 billion in the first quarter of 2009, a decrease of 11% compared to net sales of $1.8 billion in the first quarter of 2008. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased in all regions. The decrease in net sales was driven by a double-digit percentage decline in net sales to the commercial enterprise market and a single-digit percentage decline in net sales to the government and public safety market.
 
Looking Forward
 
Adverse economic conditions around the world have impacted many customers and consumers and resulted in slowing demand for many of our businesses. However, the longer-term, fundamental trend regarding the dissolution of boundaries between the home, work and mobility continues to evolve. We believe our focus on designing and delivering differentiated wired and wireless communications products, unique experiences and powerful networks, as well as complementary support services, will enable consumers to have a broader choice of when, where and how they connect to people, information and entertainment. While many markets we serve will have little to no growth, or even contraction, in 2009, there still remain large numbers of businesses and consumers around the world who have yet to experience the benefits of converged wireless communications, mobility and the Internet. As economies, financial markets and business conditions improve, this will present new opportunities to extend our brand, to market our products and services, and to pursue profitable growth.
 
In our Mobile Devices business, we expect the overall global handset market to remain intensely competitive with lower total demand in 2009, due to the continued adverse economic environment around the world. Our strategy is focused on simplifying product platforms, enhancing our product portfolio in the mid- and high-tier, reducing our cost structure and strengthening our position in priority markets. We expect our transition to a more competitive portfolio will show progress by the fourth quarter of 2009 and continue in 2010. Priority markets will include North America, Latin America and parts of Asia, including China. We have also increased our focus on our accessories portfolio to deliver complete mobile experiences and to complement our handset features and functionalities. We have implemented cost-reduction initiatives to ensure that we have a more competitive cost structure. These actions will accelerate our speed to market with new products, allow us to offer richer consumer experiences and improve our financial performance.
 
In our Home and Networks Mobility business, we are focused on delivering personalized media experiences to consumers at home and on-the-go and enabling service providers to operate their networks more efficiently and profitably. We will build on our market leading position in digital entertainment devices and video delivery systems to capitalize on demand for high definition TV, personalized video services, broadband connectivity and higher speed. Due to economic conditions, demand is slowing in 2009 in the home business’ addressable market, particularly in the U.S. In next-generation wireless technologies, we support a global footprint of WiMAX customers and expect an increase in WiMAX sales in 2009. We expect the overall 2G and 3G wireless infrastructure market to decline in 2009 compared to 2008 and


26


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

to remain highly competitive. The Home and Networks Mobility business will continue to optimize its cost structure and will continue to make investments in next-generation technologies commensurate with opportunities for profitable growth.
 
In our Enterprise Mobility Solutions business, we have market leading positions in both mission-critical and business critical communications solutions. We continue to develop next-generation products and solutions for our government and enterprise customers. We believe that our government and public safety customers will continue to place a high priority on mission-critical communications and homeland security solutions. Our focus for our enterprise customers is to meet their needs for two-way communication, converged communications and solutions, which increase worker mobility and productivity, as well as enhance end user experiences. Both our government and enterprise customers are facing uncertainty and volatility as a result of the ongoing global economic challenges, which will likely lead to lower capital spending in the enterprise markets. In the government market, while we are currently experiencing solid demand, budget constraints could impact the timing and volume of purchases by these customers. We believe that our comprehensive portfolio of products and services and market leadership make our Enterprise Mobility Solutions business well positioned to meet these challenges.
 
In February 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Stimulus Package”) became law. The Stimulus Package implements nearly $800 billion of spending and investment by the U.S. Federal government, including spending in areas of infrastructure and technology, which may benefit our customers and, consequently, Motorola. Similarly, the European Union Member States have agreed to a recovery package, which is now being considered by the European Parliament, of €5 billion for energy, broadband deployment and rural development projects that may provide opportunities for equipment sales into the European market. This is in addition to individual Member States’ recovery packages. We will continue to monitor these activities and partner with our customers to drive these opportunities.
 
The Company is implementing a number of global actions to reduce its cost structure. These actions are primarily focused on our Mobile Devices business, but also include the other businesses and corporate functions. These actions are expected to result in a significant reduction in the Company’s cost structure in 2009. To ensure alignment with changing market conditions, the Company will continually review its cost structure as it aggressively manages costs throughout 2009 while maintaining investments in innovation and future growth opportunities.
 
The Company has previously announced that it is pursuing the creation of two independent, publicly traded companies. The Company continues to progress on various elements of its separation plan. Management and the Board of Directors remain committed to separation in as expeditious a manner as possible and continue to believe this is the best path for the Company to maximize value for all of our shareholders.
 
The Company remains very focused on the strength of its balance sheet and its overall liquidity position. In 2009, operating cash flow improvement, working capital management and preservation of total cash will continue to be major focuses for the Company. We will continue to direct our available funds, including the Sigma Fund investments, primarily into cash or very highly-rated, short-term securities. In addition, the Company expects to continue to repatriate funds from international jurisdictions to the U.S. with little or no cash tax cost in 2009. The Company believes it has more than sufficient liquidity to operate its business.
 
We conduct our business in highly competitive markets, facing both new and established competitors. The markets for many of our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, changing consumer trends, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. Market disruptions caused by new technologies, the entry of new competitors into markets we serve, and frequent consolidations among our customers and competitors, among other matters, can introduce volatility into our businesses. We face a very challenging global economic environment with reduced visibility and slowing demand. Meeting all of these challenges requires consistent operational planning and execution and investment in technology, resulting in innovative products that meet the needs of our customers around the world. As we execute on meeting these objectives, we remain focused on taking the necessary action to design and deliver differentiated and innovative products and services that will advance the way the world connects by simplifying and personalizing communications and enhancing mobility.


27


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Results of Operations
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    April 4,
  % of
  March 29,
  % of
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)   2009   Sales   2008   Sales
 
 
Net sales
  $ 5,371             $ 7,448          
Costs of sales
    3,875       72.1 %     5,303       71.2 %
                                 
Gross margin
    1,496       27.9 %     2,145       28.8 %
                                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    869       16.2 %     1,183       15.9 %
Research and development expenditures
    847       15.8 %     1,054       14.2 %
Other charges
    229       4.3 %     177       2.3 %
                                 
Operating loss
    (449 )     (8.4 )%     (269 )     (3.6 )%
                                 
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest expense, net
    (35 )     (0.6 )%     (2 )     (0.0 )%
Gains (loss) on sales of investments and businesses, net
    (20 )     (0.4 )%     19       0.2 %
Other
    70       1.3 %     (5 )     (0.1 )%
                                 
Total other income (expense)
    15       0.3 %     12       0.1 %
                                 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (434 )     (8.1 )%     (257 )     (3.5 )%
Income tax benefit
    (146 )     (2.7 )%     (67 )     (0.9 )%
                                 
      (288 )     (5.4 )%     (190 )     (2.6 )%
Less: Earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests
    3       0.0 %     4       0.0 %
                                 
Loss from continuing operations*
    (291 )     (5.4 )%     (194 )     (2.6 )%
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    60       1.1 %           %
                                 
Net loss
  $ (231 )     (4.3 )%   $ (194 )     (2.6 )%
                                 
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:
                               
Continuing operations
  $ (0.13 )           $ (0.09 )        
Discontinued operations
    0.03                        
                                 
    $ (0.10 )           $ (0.09 )        
 
 
 
* Amounts attributable to Motorola, Inc. common shareholders.
 
Results of Operations—Three months ended April 4, 2009 compared to three months ended March 29, 2008
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales were $5.4 billion in the first quarter of 2009, down 28% compared to net sales of $7.4 billion in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in net sales reflects: (i) a $1.5 billion, or 45%, decrease in net sales in the Mobile Devices segment, (ii) a $392 million, or 16%, decrease in net sales in the Home and Networks Mobility segment, and (iii) a $207 million, or 11%, decrease in net sales in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The 45% decrease in net sales in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily driven by a 46% decrease in unit shipments. The 16% decrease in net sales in the Home and Networks Mobility segment reflects a 21% decrease in net sales in the networks business and a 12% decrease in net sales in the home business. The 11% decrease in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment net sales was driven by a double-digit percentage decline in net sales to the commercial enterprise market and a single-digit percentage decline in net sales to the government and public safety market.
 
Gross Margin
 
Gross margin was $1.5 billion, or 27.9% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $2.1 billion, or 28.8% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in gross margin reflects lower gross margin in all segments. The decrease in gross margin in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily driven by the 45% decrease in net sales. The decrease in gross margin in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment was primarily driven by: (i) the 11% decrease in net sales, and (ii) an unfavorable product mix. The decrease in gross margin in the Home and Networks Mobility segment was primarily due to a 16% decrease in net sales, partially offset by a favorable product mix.


28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
The decrease in gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the first quarter of 2009 compared to the first quarter of 2008 was primarily driven by a decrease in gross margin percentage in the Mobile Devices and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segments, partially offset by an increase in gross margin percentage in the Home and Networks Mobility segment. The Company’s overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales can be impacted by the proportion of overall net sales generated by its various businesses.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses decreased 27% to $869 million, or 16.2% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $1.2 billion, or 15.9% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in SG&A expenses reflects lower SG&A expenses in all segments. The decrease in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily driven by lower marketing expenses and savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The decreases in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments were primarily due to savings from cost-reduction initiatives. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales increased in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments and decreased in the Mobile Devices segment.
 
Research and Development Expenditures
 
Research and development (“R&D”) expenditures decreased 20% to $847 million, or 15.8% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $1.1 billion, or 14.2% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in R&D expenditures reflects lower R&D expenditures in all segments. The decreases in all segments were primarily due to savings from cost-reduction initiatives. R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales increased in all segments. The Company participates in very competitive industries with constant changes in technology and, accordingly, the Company continues to believe that a strong commitment to R&D is required to drive long-term growth.
 
Other Charges
 
The Company recorded net charges of $229 million in Other charges in the first quarter of 2009, compared to net charges of $177 million in the first quarter of 2008. The charges in the first quarter of 2009 include: (i) $158 million of net reorganization of business charges included in Other charges, and (ii) $71 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles. The charges in the first quarter of 2008 included: (i) $83 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (ii) $74 million of net reorganization of business charges included in Other charges, and (iii) a $20 million charge related to a legal settlement. The net reorganization of business charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.
 
Net Interest Expense
 
Net interest expense was $35 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to net interest expense of $2 million in the first quarter of 2008. Net interest expense in the first quarter of 2009 includes interest expense of $62 million, partially offset by interest income of $27 million. Net interest expense in the first quarter of 2008 included interest expense of $78 million, partially offset by interest income of $76 million. The increase in net interest expense is primarily attributed to lower interest income due to the decrease in average cash, cash equivalents and the Sigma Fund balances in the first quarter of 2009 compared to the first quarter of 2008 and the significant decrease in short-term interest rates.
 
Gains (Loss) on Sales of Investments and Businesses
 
The loss on sales of investments and businesses was $20 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to gains of $19 million in the first quarter of 2008. In the first quarter of 2009, the net loss primarily relates to a loss on the sale of a business. In the first quarter of 2008, the net gain primarily related to the sale of the Company’s shares in an equity investment.
 
Other
 
Net income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), was $70 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to net charges of $5 million in the first quarter of 2008. The net income in the first quarter of 2009 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $67 million gain related to the extinguishment of a portion of the Company’s outstanding


29


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

long-term debt, (ii) a $9 million decrease in the temporary net unrealized loss of the Sigma Fund investments, and (iii) $6 million of foreign currency gain, partially offset by: (i) $7 million of other-than-temporary investment impairment charges, and (ii) $1 million of impairment charges on the Sigma Fund investments. The net charges in the first quarter of 2008 were primarily comprised of: (i) $18 million of other-than-temporary investment impairment charges, and (ii) $4 million of impairment charges on the Sigma Fund investments, partially offset by $24 million of gains relating to several interest rate swaps not designated as hedges.
 
Effective Tax Rate
 
The Company recorded $146 million of net tax benefits in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $67 million of net tax benefits in the first quarter of 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company’s net tax benefit was favorably impacted by tax benefits on reorganization of business charges, fixed asset impairments and exit costs and unfavorably impacted by a gain on debt repurchase. The Company’s effective tax rate, excluding these items, was 34%.
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the Company’s net tax benefit was favorably impacted by tax benefits on reorganization of business charges and legal settlements and unfavorably impacted by a tax charge on derivative gains. The Company’s ongoing effective tax rate, excluding these items, was 35%.
 
Loss from Continuing Operations
 
The Company incurred a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $434 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared with a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $257 million in the first quarter of 2008. After taxes, and excluding Earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests, the Company incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $291 million, or $0.13 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2009, compared to a net loss from continuing operations of $194 million, or $0.09 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2008.
 
Earnings from Discontinued Operations
 
During the first quarter of 2009, the Company completed the sale of: (i) Good Technology, and (ii) the biometrics business unit, which includes its Printrak trademark. The Company had earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes of $162 million in the first quarter of 2009, primarily comprised of $175 million of net gains from the sale of businesses. After taxes, the Company had earnings from discontinued operations of $60 million, or $0.03 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2009. For all other applicable prior periods, the operating results of these businesses have not been reclassified as discontinued operations, since the results are not material to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
Reorganization of Businesses
 
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities and other contractual terminations. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for employee separation and exit costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer needed because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. In these cases, the Company reverses accruals through the condensed consolidated statements of operations where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer needed.
 
The Company expects to realize cost-saving benefits of approximately $219 million during the remaining nine months of 2009 from the plans that were initiated during the first quarter of 2009, representing: (i) $44 million of savings in Costs of sales, (ii) $101 million of savings in R&D expenditures, and (iii) $74 million of savings in SG&A expenses. Beyond 2009, the Company expects the reorganization plans initiated during the first quarter of 2009 to provide annualized cost savings of approximately $313 million, representing: (i) $62 million of savings in Cost of sales, (ii) $144 million of savings in R&D expenditures, and (iii) $107 million of savings in SG&A expenses.


30


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
2009 Charges
 
During the first quarter of 2009, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans, with the majority of the impact in the Mobile Devices segment. The employees affected are located in all regions. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $204 million, including $46 million of charges in Costs of sales and $158 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $204 million are charges of $204 million for employee separation costs, $4 million for exit costs and $17 million for fixed asset impairment charges, partially offset by $21 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:
 
         
    April 4,
Three Months Ended   2009
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 128  
Home and Networks Mobility
    21  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    30  
         
      179  
Corporate
    25  
         
    $ 204  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2009 to April 4, 2009:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
              Accruals at
    January 1,
  Additional
      Amount
  April 4,
    2009   Charges   Adjustments (1)   Used   2009
 
 
Exit costs
  $ 80     $ 4     $ (5 )   $ (27 )   $ 52  
Employee separation costs
    170       204       (20 )     (148 )     206  
                                         
    $ 250     $ 208     $ (25 )   $ (175 )   $ 258  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs
 
At January 1, 2009, the Company had an accrual of $80 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2009 additional charges of $4 million are primarily related to the exit of leased facilities and contractual termination costs, both within the Mobile Devices segment. The adjustments of $5 million reflect: (i) $3 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, and (ii) $2 million of translation adjustments. The $27 million used in 2009 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $52 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at April 4, 2009, represents future cash payments primarily for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2009, the Company had an accrual of $170 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,000 employees. The 2009 additional charges of $204 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 5,600 employees, of which 2,000 are direct employees and 3,600 are indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $20 million reflect: (i) $18 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, and (ii) $2 million of translation adjustments.
 
During the first quarter of 2009, approximately 5,100 employees, of which 2,100 were direct employees and 3,000 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $148 million used in 2009 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $206 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the


31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at April 4, 2009, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,500 separated employees in 2009.
 
2008 Charges
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans, with the majority of the impact in the Mobile Devices segment. The employees affected are located in all regions. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $109 million, including $35 million of charges in Costs of sales and $74 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $109 million are charges of $113 million for employee separation costs and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $9 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:
 
         
    March 29,
Three Months Ended   2008
 
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 71  
Home and Networks Mobility
    20  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    9  
         
      100  
Corporate
    9  
         
    $ 109  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2008 to March 29, 2008:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
              Accruals at
    January 1,
  Additional
      Amount
  March 29,
    2008   Charges   Adjustments(1)   Used   2008
 
 
Exit costs
  $ 42     $ 5     $ 2     $ (5 )   $ 44  
Employee separation costs
    193       113       (1 )     (74 )     231  
                                         
    $ 235     $ 118     $ 1     $ (79 )   $ 275  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs
 
At January 1, 2008, the Company had an accrual of $42 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2008 additional charges of $5 million were primarily related to contractual termination costs of a planned exit of outsourced design activities. The $5 million used in 2008 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $44 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 29, 2008, represented future cash payments primarily for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2008, the Company had an accrual of $193 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,800 employees. The 2008 additional charges of $113 million represented severance costs for approximately an additional 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 were direct employees and 1,300 were indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $1 million reflected $9 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, partially offset by $8 million of translation adjustments. The $9 million of reversals represented approximately 100 employees.


32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
During the first quarter of 2008, approximately 1,500 employees, of which 800 were direct employees and 700 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $74 million used in 2008 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $231 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 29, 2008, was expected to be paid to approximately 3,800 separated employees in 2008. Since that time, $182 million has been paid to approximately 3,400 separated employees and $49 million was reversed.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As highlighted in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company’s liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four key components: (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) operating activities, (iii) investing activities, and (iv) financing activities.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
At April 4, 2009, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents (which are highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less) were $3.3 billion, an increase of $201 million compared to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2008. At April 4, 2009, $574 million of this amount was held in the U.S. and $2.7 billion was held by the Company or its subsidiaries in other countries. At April 4, 2009, restricted cash was $337 million (including $100 million held outside the U.S.), compared to $343 million (including $279 million held outside the U.S.) at December 31, 2008.
 
The Company continues to analyze and review various repatriation strategies to continue to efficiently repatriate funds. The Company has approximately $2.6 billion of earnings in foreign subsidiaries that are not permanently reinvested and may be repatriated without additional U.S. federal income tax charges to the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations, given the U.S. federal tax provisions accrued on undistributed earnings and the utilization of available foreign tax credits. On a cash basis, these repatriations from the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries could require the payment of additional foreign taxes. While the Company regularly repatriates funds and a significant portion of the funds currently offshore can be repatriated quickly with minimal adverse financial impact, repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay for local country approvals and could have potential adverse tax consequences.
 
Operating Activities
 
In the first quarter of 2009, the cash used for operating activities was $1.0 billion, compared to $343 million of cash used for operating activities in first quarter of 2008. The primary contributors to the usage of cash in first quarter of 2009 included: (i) a $1.4 billion decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, (ii) a loss from continuing operations (adjusted for non-cash items) of $262 million, and (iii) a $204 million increase in accounts receivable. These uses of cash were partially offset by: (i) a $582 million decrease in net inventory, and (ii) a $217 million decrease in other current assets.
 
Accounts Receivable:   The Company’s net accounts receivable were $3.7 billion at April 4, 2009, compared to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2008. The increase in net accounts receivable was significantly impacted by a reduction in the volume of accounts receivable sold, as further described below. The increase in net accounts receivable reflects an increase in accounts receivable in the Mobile Devices segment, and decreases in accounts receivable in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Network Mobility segments. The Company’s businesses sell their products in a variety of markets throughout the world and payment terms can vary by market type and geographic location. Accordingly, the Company’s levels of net accounts receivable can be impacted by the timing and level of sales that are made by its various businesses and by the geographic locations in which those sales are made.
 
The Company’s levels of net accounts receivable can be impacted by the timing and amount of accounts receivable sold to third parties, which can vary by period and can be impacted by numerous factors. Although the Company continued to sell accounts receivable during the first quarter of 2009, the volume of accounts receivable sold was lower than in prior quarters. The lower volume was primarily driven by the Company’s lower net sales and the Company’s decision to reduce accounts receivable sales. In addition, the availability of committed facilities to sell such accounts receivable decreased due to global economic conditions and the related tightening in the credit markets. As further described under “Sales of Receivables”, during the first quarter of 2009, one of the Company’s committed receivables facilities expired and was not renewed.


33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Inventory:   The Company’s net inventory was $2.1 billion at April 4, 2009, compared to $2.7 billion at December 31, 2008. The decrease in net inventory reflects a decrease in net inventory in all segments. Inventory management continues to be an area of focus as the Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to its customers against the risk of inventory excess and obsolescence due to rapidly changing technology and customer spending requirements.
 
Accounts Payable:   The Company’s accounts payable were $2.3 billion at April 4, 2009, compared to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2008. The decrease in accounts payable reflects a decrease in accounts payable in all segments. The Company buys products in a variety of markets throughout the world and payment terms can vary by market type and geographic location. Accordingly, the Company’s levels of accounts payable can be impacted by the timing and level of purchases made by its various businesses and by the geographic locations in which those purchases are made.
 
Reorganization of Businesses:   The Company has implemented reorganization of businesses plans. Cash payments for employee severance and exit costs in connection with a number of these plans were $175 million in first quarter of 2009, as compared to $79 million in first quarter of 2008. Of the $262 million reorganization of businesses accrual at April 4, 2009, $210 million relates to employee separation costs and is expected to be paid in 2009. The remaining $52 million in accruals relate to lease termination obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.
 
Benefit Plan Contributions:   During the first quarter of 2009, the Company contributed $60 million and $8 million to its Regular Pension and non-U.S. plans, respectively. The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $180 million to its Regular Pension Plan during 2009. The Company has amended its Regular Pension Plan, the Officers’ Plan and MSPP such that: (i) no participant shall accrue any benefits or additional benefits on or after March 1, 2009, and (ii) no compensation increases earned by a participant on or after March 1, 2009 shall be used to compute any accrued benefit. During 2009, the Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $50 million to its non-U.S. pension plans and no cash contributions to its retiree health care plan.
 
Investing Activities
 
The most significant components of the Company’s investing activities in first quarter of 2009 included: (i) net proceeds from sales of the Sigma Fund investments, (ii) proceeds from the sales of short-term investments, (iii) proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, (iv) capital expenditures, and (v) strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies.
 
Net cash provided by investing activities was $1.6 billion in the first quarter of 2009, compared to net cash provided of $553 million in first quarter of 2008. The $1.0 billion increase in cash provided by investing activities in the first quarter of 2009 as compared to the first quarter of 2008 was primarily due to: (i) a $688 million increase in cash received from net sales of the Sigma Fund investments, (ii) a $125 million decrease in cash used for acquisitions and investments, (iii) a $117 million increase in proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, (iv) a $59 million increase in proceeds from sales of short-term investments, and (v) a $40 million decrease in cash used for capital expenditures.
 
Sigma Fund:   The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries invest most of their U.S. dollar-denominated cash in a fund (the “Sigma Fund”) that is designed to provide investment returns similar to a money market fund. The Company received $1.3 billion in net proceeds from sales of the Sigma Fund investments in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $631 million in net proceeds from sales of the Sigma Fund investments in the first quarter of 2008. The Sigma Fund aggregate balances were $2.8 billion at April 4, 2009 (including $1.9 billion held by the Company’s subsidiaries outside the U.S.), compared to $4.2 billion at December 31, 2008 (including $2.4 billion held by the Company or its subsidiaries outside the U.S.). While the Company regularly repatriates funds and a significant portion of the Sigma Fund investments currently offshore can be repatriated quickly and with minimal adverse financial impact, repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay and could have potential adverse tax consequences. The Company continues to analyze and review various repatriation strategies to allow for the efficient repatriation of non-U.S. funds, including the Sigma Fund investments.
 
The Sigma Fund portfolio is managed by four independent investment management firms. The investment guidelines of the Sigma Fund require that purchased investments must be in high-quality, investment grade (rated at least A/A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or A2/P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service), U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations, including certificates of deposit, commercial paper, government bonds, corporate bonds and asset- and mortgage-backed securities. Under the Sigma Fund’s investment policies, except for debt obligations of the U.S. treasury and U.S. agencies, no more than 5% of the Sigma Fund portfolio is to consist of debt obligations of any one issuer. The Sigma Fund’s investment


34


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

policies further require that floating rate investments must have a maturity at purchase date that does not exceed thirty-six months with an interest rate that is reset at least annually. The average interest rate reset of the investments held by the funds must be 120 days or less. The actual average interest rate reset of the portfolio (excluding cash and impaired securities) was 32 days and 38 days at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Investments in the Sigma Fund are carried at fair value. The Company primarily relies on valuation pricing models and broker quotes to determine the fair value of investments in the Sigma Fund. The valuation models are developed and maintained by third-party pricing services, and use a number of standard inputs, including benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes where the counterparty is standing ready and able to transact, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and other reference data. For each asset class, quantifiable inputs related to perceived market movements and sector news may be considered in addition to the standard inputs.
 
At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, $2.6 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, of the Sigma Fund investments were classified as current in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. The weighted average maturity of the Sigma Fund investments classified as current was 4 months (excluding impaired securities) at April 4, 2009, compared to 5 months (excluding cash of $1.1 billion and impaired securities) at December 31, 2008.
 
The fair market value of investments in the Sigma Fund was $2.8 billion and $4.2 billion at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The temporary net unrealized loss in the Sigma Fund was $93 million as of April 4, 2009 and $101 million as of December 31, 2008. The $8 million decrease in the temporary net unrealized loss of the investments of the Sigma Fund during the first quarter of 2009 was recognized in Other income (expense) in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. As discussed below, the $42 million increase in the temporary net unrealized losses of the investments of the Sigma Fund during the first quarter of 2008 was recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity.
 
If it becomes probable the Company will not collect amounts it is owed on securities according to their contractual terms, the Company considers the security to be impaired and adjusts the cost basis of the security accordingly. For the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008, impairment charges in the Sigma Fund were $1 million and $4 million, respectively.
 
Securities with a significant temporary unrealized loss and a maturity greater than 12 months and impaired securities have been classified as non-current in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, $257 million and $466 million, respectively, of the Sigma Fund investments were classified as non-current. The weighted average maturity of the Sigma Fund investments classified as non-current (excluding impaired securities) was 15 and 16 months, respectively.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company changed its accounting for changes in the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded changes to the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund in the condensed consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity. However, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company determined that changes to the temporary net unrealized losses of investments in the Sigma Fund should be recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. In its stand-alone financial statements, the Sigma Fund uses “investment company” accounting practices and records all changes in the value of the underlying investments in earnings, whether such changes are considered temporary or permanent declines in value. The Company determined that the underlying accounting practices of the Sigma Fund in its stand-alone financial statements should be retained in the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company recorded the cumulative temporary net unrealized loss of $101 million in its consolidated statements of operations during the fourth quarter of 2008. The Company determined that amounts that arose in periods prior to fourth quarter of 2008 were not material to the consolidated results of operations in those periods.
 
Strategic Acquisitions and Investments:   The Company used net cash for acquisitions and new investment activities of $15 million in first quarter of 2009, compared to net cash used of $140 million in first quarter of 2008. The cash used in the first quarter of 2009 was comprised of small strategic investments across the Company. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company: (i) acquired a controlling interest in Vertex Standard Co. Ltd. (part of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment), (ii) acquired the assets related to digital cable set-top products of Zhejiang Dahua Digital Technology Co., LTD. and Hangzhou Image Silicon, known collectively as Dahua Digital (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), and (iii) completed the acquisition of Soundbuzz Pte. Ltd. (part of the Mobile Devices segment).


35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Capital Expenditures:   Capital expenditures were $71 million in first quarter of 2009, compared to $111 million in the first quarter of 2008. The Company’s emphasis in making capital expenditures is to focus on strategic investments driven by customer demand and new design capability.
 
Sales of Investments and Businesses:   The Company received $137 million in net proceeds from the sales of investments and businesses in the first quarter of 2009, compared to proceeds of $20 million in the first quarter of 2008. The $137 million in proceeds in the first quarter of 2009 was primarily related to the sale of the biometrics business. The $20 million in proceeds in the first quarter of 2008 were primarily comprised of net proceeds received in connection with the sale of an equity investment.
 
Short-Term Investments:   At April 4, 2009, the Company had $19 million in short-term investments (which are highly-liquid fixed-income investments with an original maturity greater than three months but less than one year), compared to $225 million of short-term investments at December 31, 2008.
 
Investments:   In addition to available cash and cash equivalents, the Sigma Fund balances (current and non-current) and short-term investments, the Company views its investments as an additional source of liquidity. The majority of these securities are available-for-sale and cost-method investments in technology companies. The fair market values of these securities are subject to substantial price volatility. In addition, the realizable value of these securities is subject to market and other conditions. At April 4, 2009, the Company’s available-for-sale equity securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $118 million, which represented a cost basis of $103 million and a net unrealized gain of $15 million. At December 31, 2008, the Company’s available-for-sale equity securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $117 million, which represented a cost basis of $114 million and a net unrealized gain of $3 million.
 
Financing Activities
 
The most significant components of the Company’s financing activities were: (i) payment of dividends, (ii) repayment and repurchase of debt, and (iii) issuance of common stock.
 
Net cash used for financing activities was $218 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to $415 million used in the first quarter of 2008. Cash used for financing activities in the first quarter of 2009 was primarily: (i) $129 million of cash used for the repurchase of debt, (ii) $114 million of cash used to pay dividends, and (iii) $31 million of net cash used for the repayment of short-term borrowings, partially offset by $56 million of net cash received from the issuance of common stock in connection with the Company’s employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan.
 
Cash used for financing activities in the first quarter of 2008 was primarily: (i) $138 million of cash used to purchase approximately 9.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the share repurchase program, (ii) $114 million of cash used to pay dividends, (iii) $114 million of cash used for the repayment of maturing long-term debt, and (iv) $54 million of net cash used for the repayment of short-term borrowings.
 
Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Debt:   At April 4, 2009, the Company’s outstanding notes payable and current portion of long-term debt was $63 million, compared to $92 million at December 31, 2008. Net cash used for the repayment of short-term borrowings was $31 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to repayment of $54 million of short-term borrowings in the first quarter of 2008. At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had no commercial paper outstanding.
 
Long-term Debt:   At April 4, 2009, the Company had outstanding long-term debt of $3.9 billion, compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2008. Although we believe that we will be able to maintain sufficient access to the capital markets, the current volatility and reduced liquidity in the financial markets may result in periods of time when access to the capital markets is limited for all issuers or issuers with credit ratings similar to the Company’s.
 
During the first quarter of 2009, the Company completed the open market purchase of $199 million of its outstanding long-term debt for an aggregate purchase price of $133 million, including $4 million of accrued interest. Included in the $199 million of long-term debt repurchased were repurchases of a principal amount of: (i) $11 million of the $400 million outstanding of the 7.50% Debentures due 2025, (ii) $20 million of the $309 million outstanding of the 6.50% Debentures due 2025, (iii) $14 million of the $299 million outstanding of the 6.50% Debentures due 2028, and (iv) $154 million of the $600 million outstanding of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2037. The Company recognized a gain of approximately $67 million related to these open market purchases in Other within Other income (expense) in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.


36


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
In March 2008, the Company repaid, at maturity, the entire $114 million outstanding of 6.50% Senior Notes due March 1, 2008.
 
The Company may from time to time seek to retire certain of its outstanding debt through open market cash purchases, privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
 
Share Repurchase Program:   During the first quarter of 2009, the Company did not repurchase any of its common shares. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company paid an aggregate of $138 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 9.0 million shares at an average price of $15.32.
 
Through actions taken in July 2006 and March 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period ending on June 30, 2009. The timing and amount of future repurchases will be based on market and other conditions. As of April 4, 2009, the Company remained authorized to purchase an aggregate amount of up to $3.6 billion of additional shares under the current stock repurchase program. The Company has not repurchased any shares since the first quarter of 2008. All repurchased shares have been retired.
 
Payment of Dividends:   During the first quarter of 2009, the Company paid $114 million in cash dividends to holders of its common stock, related to the payment of a dividend declared in November 2008. In February 2009 the Company announced that its Board of Directors suspended the declaration of quarterly dividends on the Company’s common stock. Currently, the Company does not expect to pay any additional cash dividends during the remainder of 2009.
 
Credit Ratings:   Three independent credit rating agencies, Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), assign ratings to the Company’s short-term and long-term debt. The following chart reflects the current ratings assigned to the Company’s senior unsecured non-credit enhanced long-term debt and the Company’s commercial paper by each of these agencies.
 
                     
Name of
  Long-Term
  Commercial
   
Rating Agency   Debt Rating   Paper Rating   Date and Recent Actions Taken
 
 
Fitch
    BBB-       F-3     February 3, 2009, downgraded long-term debt to BBB- (negative outlook) from BBB (negative outlook) and downgraded short-term debt to F-3 (negative outlook) from F-2 (negative outlook).
                 
Moody’s
    Baa3       P-3     February 3, 2009, downgraded long-term debt to Baa3 (negative outlook) from Baa2 (review for downgrade) and downgraded short-term debt to P-3 (negative outlook) from P-2 (review for downgrade).
                 
S&P
    BB+           December 5, 2008, downgraded long-term debt to BB+ (stable outlook) from BBB (credit watch negative) and withdrew the rating on commercial paper from A-2 (credit watch negative).
 
 
 
Since the Company has investment grade ratings from Fitch and Moody’s and a non-investment grade rating from S&P, it is referred to as a “split rated credit”.
 
Credit Facilities
 
The Company maintains a $2.0 billion five-year domestic syndicated revolving credit facility that matures in December 2011 (as amended, the “5-Year Credit Facility”), which is not utilized. In order to borrow funds under the 5-Year Credit Facility, the Company must be in compliance with various representations, conditions and covenants contained in the agreement, including a financial covenant relating to the ratio of total debt to adjusted EBITDA (the “Financial Covenant”). The Company was in compliance with the terms of the 5-Year Credit Facility at April 4, 2009. If the Company borrows under the 5-Year Credit Facility, it is required to remain in compliance with the terms of the agreement. Therefore, the amount of incremental liquidity available from borrowing under the 5-Year Credit Facility is contingent on the Company maintaining compliance with the Financial Covenant at the end of each quarter.
 
Events over the past several months, including failures and near failures of a number of large financial service companies, have made the capital markets increasingly volatile. The Company also has access to uncommitted


37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

non-U.S. credit facilities (“uncommitted facilities”), but in light of the state of the financial services industry and the Company’s current financial condition, the Company does not believe it is prudent to assume the same level of funding will be available under these facilities going forward as has been available historically.
 
Long-term Customer Financing Commitments
 
Outstanding Commitments:   Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide long-term financing (defined as financing with terms greater than one year) in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide long-term financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third parties totaling $295 million and $370 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Of these amounts, $163 million and $266 million were supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase long-term receivables at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. In response to the recent tightening in the credit markets, certain customers of the Company have requested financing in connection with equipment purchases and these types of requests have increased in volume and scope.
 
Guarantees of Third-Party Debt:   In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $34 million and $43 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively (including $22 million and $23 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $4 million and $6 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively (including $2 million and $4 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
 
Outstanding Long-Term Receivables:   The Company had net long-term receivables of $201 million, (net of allowances for losses of $4 million) at April 4, 2009, compared to net long-term receivables of $162 million (net of allowances for losses of $7 million) at December 31, 2008. These long-term receivables are generally interest bearing, with interest rates ranging from 3% to 14%. During the first quarters of both 2009 and 2008, interest income recognized on long-term receivables was $1 million.
 
Sales of Receivables
 
The Company sells accounts receivables and long-term receivables to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these accounts receivables and long-term receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature and, typically, must be renewed on an annual basis. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
 
In the aggregate, at April 4, 2009, these committed facilities provided for up to $383 million to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $967 million at December 31, 2008. As of April 4, 2009, $231 million of the Company’s committed facilities were utilized, compared to $759 million utilized at December 31, 2008. Of the $383 million of committed facilities at April 4, 2009, there were no revolving facilities associated with the sale of accounts receivables and the $383 million were committed facilities associated with the sale of specific long-term financing transactions to a single customer (of which the $231 million were utilized at April 4, 2009). Of the $967 million of committed facilities at December 31, 2008, $532 million were revolving facilities associated with the sale of accounts receivables (of which $497 million were utilized at December 31, 2008) and $435 million were committed facilities associated with the sale of specific long-term financing transactions to a single customer (of which $262 million were utilized at December 31, 2008). In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the revolving committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
 
For many years, the Company has utilized a number of receivables programs to sell a broadly-diversified group of accounts receivables to third parties. Certain of the accounts receivables were sold to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit. This program provided for up to $400 million of accounts receivables to be outstanding with the conduit at any


38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

time. During the first quarter of 2009, this $400 million committed facility expired and the Company is currently negotiating a replacement facility. The Company is also negotiating an additional committed revolving receivable sales facility for European receivables, with the intent that the combined capacity of the two new facilities will be greater than the $400 million committed facility that expired. However, it is not certain when or if the Company will be successful in securing such facilities.
 
During the first quarter of 2009, total accounts receivables and long-term receivables sold by the Company were $259 million, compared to $745 million and $1.1 billion during the first and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively (including $218 million, $695 million and $1.0 billion, respectively, of accounts receivables). As of April 4, 2009, there were $470 million of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $95 million of accounts receivable), compared to $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2008 (including $621 million of accounts receivable).
 
Under certain receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $22 million and $23 million at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Reserves of $4 million were recorded for potential losses at both April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
 
Other Contingencies
 
Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value: In certain circumstances, our businesses may enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the other party for failed performance might exceed the revenue the Company receives from the contract. Contracts with these types of uncapped damage provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a damage claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses to the Company that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.
 
Indemnification Provisions:   In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial, intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against the Company. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to intellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 24 months, and for amounts not in excess of the contract value, and in some instances the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
 
Legal Matters:   The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits, claims and actions, which arise in the normal course of business. These include actions relating to products, contracts and securities, as well as matters initiated by third parties or Motorola relating to infringements of patents, violations of licensing arrangements and other intellectual property-related matters. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Segment Information
 
The following commentary should be read in conjunction with the financial results of each reporting segment for the three months ended April 4, 2009 and March 29, 2008 as detailed in Note 12, “Segment Information,” of the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.


39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Mobile Devices Segment
 
                         
    Three Months Ended    
    April 4,
  March 29,
   
(Dollars in millions)   2009   2008   % Change
 
 
Segment net sales
  $ 1,801     $ 3,299       (45 )%
Operating loss
    (509 )     (418 )     22 %
 
 
 
For the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales represented 34% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 44% in the first quarter of 2008.
 
Three months ended April 4, 2009 compared to three months ended March 29, 2008
 
In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales were $1.8 billion, a decrease of 45% compared to net sales of $3.3 billion in the first quarter of 2008. The 45% decrease in net sales was primarily driven by a 46% decrease in unit shipments, partially offset by a 2% increase in average selling price (“ASP”). The segment’s net sales were negatively impacted by the segment’s limited product offerings in critical market segments, particularly 3G products, including smartphones, and the segment’s decision to deemphasize very low-tier products. In addition, the segment’s net sales were impacted by the global economic downturn, which resulted in slowing end-user demand. On a product technology basis, net sales decreased substantially for GSM, CDMA and 3G technologies, partially offset by an increase in net sales for iDEN technologies. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased substantially in all regions.
 
The segment incurred an operating loss of $509 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to an operating loss of $418 million in the first quarter of 2008. The increase in the operating loss was primarily due to the decrease in gross margin, driven by: (i) a 45% decrease in net sales, and (ii) an unfavorable change in product mix. Also contributing to the operating loss was an increase in reorganization of business charges, relating primarily to higher employee severance costs. These factors were partially offset by decreases in: (i) selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, primarily due to lower marketing expenses and savings from cost-reduction initiatives, and (ii) research and development (“R&D”) expenditures, reflecting savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The segment’s industry typically experiences short life cycles for new products. Therefore, it is vital to the segment’s success that new, compelling products are constantly introduced. Accordingly, a strong commitment to R&D is required and, even in these difficult times, the segment will continue to make the appropriate investments to develop a differentiated product portfolio and fuel long-term growth. As a percentage of net sales in the first quarter of 2009 as compared to the first quarter of 2008, R&D expenditures increased and SG&A expenses and gross margin decreased.
 
Unit shipments in the first quarter of 2009 were 14.7 million units, a 46% decrease compared to shipments of 27.4 million units in the first quarter of 2008 and a 23% decrease compared to shipments of 19.2 million units in the fourth quarter of 2008. Contributing to the segment’s decrease in shipments was a double-digit percentage decline in total industry shipments as compared to the first quarter of 2008. The segment estimates its worldwide market share to be approximately 6.0% in the first quarter of 2009, a decrease of approximately 3 percentage points versus the first quarter of 2008.
 
In the first quarter of 2009, ASP was up compared to the first quarter of 2008 and flat compared to the fourth quarter of 2008. ASP is impacted by numerous factors, including product mix, market conditions and competitive product offerings, and ASP trends often vary over time.
 
As the segment’s revenue transactions are largely denominated in local currencies, the segments impacted by the weakening in the value of these local currencies against the U.S. dollar. A number of our more significant international markets, particularly in Latin America, were impacted by this trend in late 2008 and in the first quarter of 2009. The Company is unable to predict future volatility in the currency markets.


40


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Home and Networks Mobility Segment
 
                         
    Three Months Ended        
    April 4,
    March 29,
       
(Dollars in millions)   2009     2008     % Change  
   
 
Segment net sales
  $ 1,991     $ 2,383       (16 )%
Operating earnings
    115       153       (25 )%
 
 
 
For the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales represented 37% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 32% for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Three months ended April 4, 2009 compared to three months ended March 29, 2008
 
In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales decreased 16% to $2.0 billion, compared to $2.4 billion in the first quarter of 2008. The 16% decrease in net sales primarily reflects a 21% decrease in net sales in the networks business and a 12% decrease in net sales in the home business. The 21% decrease in net sales in the networks business was primarily driven by lower net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment. The 12% decrease in net sales in the home business was primarily driven by an 8% decrease in net sales of digital entertainment devices, reflecting a lower ASP due to product mix shift, partially offset by a 2% increase in shipments of digital entertainment devices to 4.3 million.
 
On a geographic basis, the 16% decrease in net sales was primarily driven by lower net sales in North America, the Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”) and Latin America, partially offset by higher net sales in Asia. The decrease in net sales in North America was primarily due to lower net sales in the home business and lower net sales of CDMA infrastructure equipment. The decrease in net sales in EMEA was primarily due to lower net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment, partially offset by higher net sales in the home business. The decrease in net sales in Latin America was primarily due to lower net sales in the home business. The increase in net sales in Asia was primarily driven by higher net sales of CDMA infrastructure equipment and higher net sales in the home business, partially offset by lower net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment. Net sales in North America accounted for approximately 50% of the segment’s total net sales in the first quarter of 2009, compared to approximately 51% of the segment’s total net sales in the first quarter of 2008.
 
The segment had operating earnings of $115 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to operating earnings of $153 million in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin, driven by the 16% decrease in net sales, partially offset by a favorable product mix. The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by decreases in both SG&A and R&D expenditures, reflecting savings from cost-reduction initiatives. As a percentage of net sales in the first quarter of 2009 as compared the first quarter of 2008, gross margin, SG&A expenses and R&D expenditures increased, while operating margin decreased.
 
Enterprise Mobility Solutions Segment
 
                         
    Three Months Ended        
    April 4,
    March 29,
       
(Dollars in millions)   2009     2008     % Change  
   
 
Segment net sales
  $ 1,599     $ 1,806       (11 %)
Operating earnings
    156       250       (38 %)
 
 
 
For the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales represented 30% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 24% for the first quarter of 2008.
 
Three months ended April 4, 2009 compared to three months ended March 29, 2008
 
In the first quarter of 2009, the segment’s net sales decreased 11% to $1.6 billion, compared to $1.8 billion in the first quarter of 2008. The 11% decrease in net sales was driven by a double-digit percentage decline in net sales to the commercial enterprise market and a single-digit percentage decline in net sales to the government and public safety market. The decrease in net sales to the commercial enterprise market was primarily driven by lower net sales in North America and EMEA. The decrease in net sales to the government and public safety market was primarily driven by


41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

decreased net sales in EMEA and Latin America. Net sales in North America continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 58% of the segment’s net sales in the first quarter of 2009, compared to approximately 55% in the first quarter of 2008.
 
The segment had operating earnings of $156 million in the first quarter of 2009, compared to operating earnings of $250 million in the first quarter of 2008. The decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin, driven by: (i) the 11% decrease in net sales, and (ii) an unfavorable product mix. Also contributing to the decrease in operating earnings was an increase in reorganization of business charges, relating primarily to higher employee severance costs. These factors were partially offset by decreased SG&A and R&D expenses, primarily related to savings from cost-reduction initiatives. As a percentage of net sales in the first quarter of 2009 as compared to the first quarter of 2008, gross margin and operating margin decreased, and R&D and SG&A expenses increased.
 
Significant Accounting Policies
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
 
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the following significant accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates:
 
— Revenue recognition
 
— Inventory valuation
 
— Income taxes
 
— Valuation of the Sigma Fund and investment portfolios
 
— Restructuring activities
 
— Retirement-related benefits
 
— Valuation and recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”) on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and liabilities, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. The provisions of SFAS 157 are applied prospectively upon adoption and did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The disclosures required by SFAS 157 are included in Note 9, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-2, which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted FSP 157-2 as of January 1, 2009, noting no material impact from this pronouncement.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 157-4, which provides additional guidance around estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity in a market significantly decreases and when to identify


42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

market transactions that are not deemed to be orderly. The FSP is effective for reporting periods after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. The Company is still evaluating the potential impact of this FSP.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) (“SFAS 141R”), a revision of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R establishes requirements for the recognition and measurement of acquired assets, liabilities, goodwill and non-controlling interests. SFAS 141R also provides disclosure requirements related to business combinations. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS 141R effective January 1, 2009, and has applied it prospectively to business combinations subsequent to this date. The adoption has not had a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 141(R)-1, which revised the guidance in FAS 141(R) over accounting for contingency liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company has adopted this FSP in conjunction with the adoption of FAS 141(R), as of January 1, 2009. The adoption has not had a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes new standards for the accounting for and reporting of non- controlling interests (formerly minority interests) and for the loss of control of partially owned and consolidated subsidiaries. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS 160 as of January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary impairments”, which revises the analysis a company should go through to determine if an other than temporary impairment on debt investments exists, as well as, the calculation of the amount of impairment to be recognized. This FSP is effective for interim and annual periods after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this FSP on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” This staff position requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments whenever a public company issues financial information for interim reporting periods. This staff position is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company does not expect this staff position to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.


43


Table of Contents

 
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
 
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
 
At April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $2.4 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
The following table shows the five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of April 4, 2009 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2008:
 
                 
    Notional Amount  
    April 4,
    December 31,
 
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency   2009     2008  
   
 
Chinese Renminbi
    (566 )   $ (481 )
Euro
    (488 )     (445 )
Brazilian Real
    (407 )     (356 )
British Pound
    255       122  
Japanese Yen
    128       542  
 
 
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
At April 4, 2009, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $59 million of short-term variable rate foreign debt. At April 4, 2009, the Company has $3.9 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
 
As part of its domestic liability management program, the Company from time to time entered into interest rate swaps (“Hedging Agreements”) to synthetically modify the characteristics of interest rate payments for certain of its outstanding long-term debt from fixed-rate payments to short-term variable rate payments. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company terminated all of its Hedging Agreements. The termination of the Hedging Agreements resulted in cash proceeds of approximately $158 million and a net gain of approximately $173 million, which was deferred and is being recognized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of the associated debt.
 
Additionally, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries has outstanding interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is variable. The Interest


44


Table of Contents

Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from variable to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as a part of a hedging relationship and, accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations. The weighted average fixed rate payments on these Interest Agreements was 5.04%. The fair value of the Interest Agreements at April 4, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $(5) million and $(2) million, respectively.
 
The use of derivative financial instruments exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties. However, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instruments when the derivative is in an asset position. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk. At present time, all of the counterparties have investment grade credit ratings. The Company is not exposed to material credit risk with any single counterparty. As of April 4, 2009, the Company was exposed to an aggregate credit risk of $14 million with all counterparties.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Except for historical matters, the matters discussed in this Form 10-Q are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements included in: (1) the Executive Summary under “Looking Forward”, (a) about the creation of two public companies and expected results, (b) our business strategies and expected results, including cost-reduction activities, (c) our market expectations, (d) ability and cost to repatriate funds, (e) the effect of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and (f) adequacy of liquidity; (2) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” about: (a) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (b) the Company’s ability and cost to repatriate funds, (c) the impact of the timing and level of sales and the geographic location of such sales, (d) expectations for the Sigma Fund and other investments, (e) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (f) purchase obligation payments, (g) the Company’s ability and cost to access the capital markets, (h) the Company’s plans with respect to the level of outstanding debt, (i) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (j) the Company’s ability and cost to obtain performance related bonds, (k) the outcome of ongoing and future legal proceedings, (l) the completion and impact of pending acquisitions and divestitures, and (m) the impact of recent accounting pronouncements on the Company; (3) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters, and (4) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (c) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.
 
Some of the risk factors that affect the Company’s business and financial results are discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors” on pages 18 through 30 of our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K. We wish to caution the reader that the risk factors discussed in each of these documents and those described in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.
 
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
 
(a)  Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.   Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officers and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officers and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola’s management, including our chief executive officers and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
(b)  Changes in internal control over financial reporting.   There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended April 4, 2009 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.


45


Table of Contents

 
Part II — Other Information
 
Item 1: Legal Proceedings
 
Telsim-Related Cases
 
In April 2001, Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”), a wireless telephone operator in Turkey, defaulted on the payment of approximately $2 billion of loans owed to Motorola and its subsidiaries (the “Telsim Loans”). The Uzan family controlled Telsim until 2004 when an agency of the Turkish government took over control of Telsim. In December 2005, Telsim was sold by the Turkish government to Vodafone and Motorola received an aggregate payment from the sale of $910 million.
 
The Company continues its efforts to collect on its judgment of $2.13 billion (the “U.S. Judgment”) for compensatory damages rendered by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “District Court”) against the Uzans on July 31, 2003 and affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) in 2004 and in connection with foreign proceedings against the Uzan family. However, the Company believes that the ongoing litigation, collection and/or settlement processes against the Uzan family will be very lengthy in light of the Uzans’ continued resistance to satisfy the judgments against them and their decision to violate various courts’ orders, including orders holding them in contempt of court. Following a remand from the Second Circuit of the U.S. Judgment, on February 8, 2006, the District Court awarded a judgment in favor of Motorola for $1 billion in punitive damages against the Uzan family and their co-conspirator, Antonio Luna Bettancourt. That decision was affirmed by the Second Circuit on November 21, 2007. The District Court, on April 10, 2007, denied the Uzans’ motion to vacate the U.S. Judgment. That decision was affirmed by the Second Circuit on March 31, 2009.
 
Intellectual Property Related Cases
 
Tessera, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., et al.
 
Motorola is a purchaser of semiconductor chips with certain ball grid array (“BGA”) packaging from suppliers including Qualcomm, Inc. (“Qualcomm”), Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Semiconductor”), ATI Technologies, Inc. (“ATI”), Spansion Inc. (“Spansion”), and STMicroelectronics N.V. (“STMicro”). On April 17, 2007, Tessera, Inc. (“Tessera”) filed patent infringement legal actions against Qualcomm, Freescale Semiconductor, ATI, Spansion, STMicro and Motorola in the U.S. International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) (In the Matter of Certain Semiconductor Chips with Minimized Chip Package Size and Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 337-TA-605) and the United States District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Tessera, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., Qualcomm, Inc., Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. and ATI Technologies, Inc., alleging that certain BGA packaged semiconductors infringe patents that Tessera claims to own. Tessera is seeking orders to ban the importation into the U.S. of certain semiconductor chips with BGA packaging and certain “downstream” products that contain them (including Motorola products) and/or limit suppliers’ ability to provide certain services and products or take certain actions in the U.S. relating to the packaged chips. On December 1, 2008, an Administrative Law Judge issued an initial determination that Tessera failed to prove that BGA packaged semiconductors contained in Motorola products infringe Tessera’s patent claims. On January 30, 2009, the International Trade Commission issued a notice that it will review the Administrative Law Judge’s initial determination and a final determination on the merits is expected on or before May 20, 2009. The patent claims being asserted by Tessera are subject to reexamination proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”).
 
Motorola is a defendant in various other suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of the Company’s pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
The reader should carefully consider, in connection with the other information in this report, the factors discussed in Part I, “Item 1A: Risk Factors” on pages 18 through 30 of the Company’s 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in forward-looking statements contained in this document and elsewhere.


46


Table of Contents

 
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
 
(c) The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended April 4, 2009.
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
                                 
                      (d) Maximum Number
 
                (c) Total Number of
    (or Approximate Dollar
 
                Shares Purchased
    Value) of Shares that
 
                as Part of Publicly
    May Yet be Purchased
 
    (a) Total Number
    (b) Average Price
    Announced Plans or
    Under the Plans or
 
Period   of Shares Purchased     Paid per Share     Programs(1)     Programs(1)  
   
 
01/01/09 to 01/30/09
    0               0     $ 3,629,062,576  
01/31/09 to 02/27/09
    0               0     $ 3,629,062,576  
02/28/09 to 04/04/09
    0               0     $ 3,629,062,576  
                                 
Total
    0               0          
 
 
 
(1) Through actions taken on July 24, 2006 and March 21, 2007, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period ending on June 30, 2009. The timing and amount of future repurchases, if any, will be based on market and other conditions.
 
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.
 
Not applicable
 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
The Company held its annual meeting of stockholders on May 4, 2009, and the following matters were voted on at that meeting:
 
1. The election of the following directors, who will serve until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death or resignation:
 
                         
Director
  For     Against     Abstain  
 
Gregory Q. Brown
    1,838,090,435       113,962,392       6,348,183  
David W. Dorman
    1,841,708,950       109,417,944       7,274,116  
William R. Hambrecht
    1,487,447,976       463,118,694       7,834,340  
Sanjay K. Jha
    1,845,526,905       106,488,470       6,385,635  
Judy C. Lewent
    1,422,798,214       527,298,565       8,304,231  
Keith A. Meister
    1,805,296,164       145,468,134       7,636,712  
Thomas J. Meredith
    1,714,325,446       174,708,846       69,366,718  
Samuel C. Scott III
    1,404,564,695       545,317,198       8,519,117  
Ron Sommer
    1,776,518,258       173,388,920       8,494,232  
James R. Stengel
    1,424,645,430       525,484,556       8,271,024  
Anthony J. Vinciquerra
    1,842,410,375       107,878,971       8,111,664  
Douglas A. Warner III
    1,780,062,191       170,454,544       7,884,275  
Dr. John A. White
    1,774,306,928       175,926,787       8,167,295  
 
2. An Amendment to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to Change Par Value from $3.00 per share to $0.01 per share was approved by the following vote: For, 1,897,780,170; Against, 53,194,306; Abstain, 7,426,534; Broker Non-Vote, 0.


47


Table of Contents

3. An Amendment to Existing Equity Plans to Permit a Stock Option Exchange Program for Employees (Excluding Executive Officers and Directors) was approved by the following vote: For, 1,185,542,154; Against, 344,045,265; Abstain, 152,518,141; Broker Non-Vote, 276,295,450.
 
4. An Amendment to the Motorola Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 1999 was approved by the following vote: For, 1,449,135,864; Against, 80,448,382; Abstain, 152,520,543; Broker Non-Vote, 276,296,221.
 
5. The Stockholder Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation was approved by the following vote: For, 1,244,097,955; Against, 708,755,009; Abstain, 5,548,046; Broker Non-Vote, 0.
 
6. The ratification of the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm KPMG LLP was approved by the following vote: For, 1,915,410,070; Against, 38,546,630; Abstain, 4,444,310; Broker Non-Vote, 0.
 
7. To adopt a Shareholder Proposal Re: Cumulative Voting was defeated by the following vote: For, 604,147,067; Against, 1,074,036,622; Abstain, 3,921,101; Broker Non-Vote, 276,296,220.
 
8. A shareholder proposal re: Special Shareowner Meetings was approved by the following vote: For, 1,339,065,763; Against, 338,983,368; Abstain, 4,057,032; Broker Non-Vote, 276,294,847.
 
9. A shareholder proposal re: A Global Set of Corporate Standards for Human Rights at Motorola was defeated by the following vote: For, 95,846,216; Against, 1,233,869,640; Abstain, 352,395,832; Broker Non-Vote, 276,295,322.
 
Item 5. Other Information.
 
At the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 4, 2009 (the “Annual Meeting”), stockholders of the Company approved certain amendments to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 and the Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000 (together, the “Plans”), which amendments allow for a one time stock option exchange program (the “Option Exchange Program”). The text of the amendments to the Plans and the material terms of the proposed Option Exchange Program are summarized in the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 2009 in connection with the Annual Meeting (the “Proxy Statement”). The foregoing description of the amendments to the Plans does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the description in the Proxy Statement and the full texts of each Plan filed with this report as Exhibits 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9 and 10.10, respectively.


48


Table of Contents

 
Item 6. Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
  Exhibit
 
  10 .1   2009 Motorola Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  10 .2   2009 Performance Measures under the 2009 Motorola Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  10 .3   Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221).
  10 .4   2009 Performance Measures under the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  *10 .5   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .6   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .7   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .8   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .9   Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .10   Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .11   Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated May 4, 2009, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown.
  *10 .12   Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated May 4, 2009, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Sanjay K. Jha.
  *10 .13   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for a grant on or after May 7, 2009.
  *10 .14   Form of Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after May 7, 2009.
  *10 .15   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for a grant on or after May 7, 2009.
  *31 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .2   Certification of Dr. Sanjay K. Jha pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .3   Certification of Edward J. Fitzpatrick pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .2   Certification of Dr. Sanjay K. Jha pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .3   Certification of Edward J. Fitzpatrick pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
* filed herewith


49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
MOTOROLA, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Edward J. Fitzpatrick
Edward J. Fitzpatrick
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and
Acting Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer of the Registrant)
 
Date: May 6, 2009


50


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .1   2009 Motorola Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  10 .2   2009 Performance Measures under the 2009 Motorola Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  10 .3   Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221).
  10 .4   2009 Performance Measures under the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
  *10 .5   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .6   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .7   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .8   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .9   Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .10   Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009.
  *10 .11   Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated May 4, 2009, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown.
  *10 .12   Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated May 4, 2009, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Sanjay K. Jha.
  *10 .13   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for a grant on or after May 7, 2009.
  *10 .14   Form of Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after May 7, 2009.
  *10 .15   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for a grant on or after May 7, 2009.
  *31 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .2   Certification of Dr. Sanjay K. Jha pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .3   Certification of Edward J. Fitzpatrick pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .2   Certification of Dr. Sanjay K. Jha pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .3   Certification of Edward J. Fitzpatrick pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
* filed herewith


51

Exhibit 10.5
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2006
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall satisfy such requirements as:
          (a) the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
          (b) the New York Stock Exchange may establish pursuant to its rule-making authority; and
          (c) the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
          The Compensation and Leadership Committee shall serve as the Committee administering the Plan until such time as the Board designates a different Committee.
          The Committee shall have the discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any option or other benefit granted under the Plan, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or

 


 

advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to select employees to participate in the Plan and to determine the number of option shares and other awards to be granted to such participants, except with respect to awards to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Covered Employees”) and any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such officer or officers.
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its Subsidiaries and all non-employee directors of Motorola; provided, however, the following individuals shall be excluded from participation in the plan: (a) contract labor (including without limitation black badges, brown badges, contractors, consultants, contract employees and job shoppers) regardless of length of service; (b) employees whose base wage or base salary is not processed for payment by a Payroll Department of Motorola or any Subsidiary; (c) any individual performing services under an independent contractor or consultant agreement, a purchase order, a supplier agreement or any other agreement that the Company enters into for service. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola and which Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes shall be a “Subsidiary” for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 80 million shares of Motorola common stock. In connection with approving this Plan, and contingent upon receipt of stockholder approval of this Plan, the Board of Directors has approved a merger of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, Motorola

2


 

Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, and the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 (collectively, the “Prior Plans”) into this Plan, so that on or after the date this Plan is approved by stockholders, the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall not exceed (a) the total number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan plus (b) the number of shares approved and available for grant under the Prior Plans as of the date of such stockholder approval plus (c) any shares that become available for issuance pursuant to the remainder of this section 4. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation of any Stock Option or other benefit outstanding under this Plan, a Prior Plan or under the Motorola Share Option Plan of 1996 (the “1996 Plan”), prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards granted under this Plan, a Prior Plan or the 1996 Plan prior to vesting, then the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). Shares covered by a benefit granted under the Plan shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a participant. Any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right (including a Stock Appreciation Right settled in stock which the Committee, in its discretion, may substitute for an outstanding Stock Option) shall be counted as used only to the extent shares are actually issued to the participant upon exercise of the right. In addition, any shares of common stock exchanged by an optionee as full or partial payment of the exercise price under any stock option exercised under the Plan, any shares retained by Motorola to comply with applicable income tax withholding requirements, and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 422 of the Code); provided, however, notwithstanding an Option’s designation, to the extent that Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year with respect to Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value exceeds $100,000 (regardless of whether such Incentive Stock Options were granted under this Plan, the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan), such Options shall be treated as nonqualified Stock Options.

3


 

          Under the Plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (iii) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, or (v) Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares. No non-employee director may receive in any calendar year Stock Options relating to more than 50,000 shares or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares.
          The shares reserved for issuance and each of the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with section 16 hereof.
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The exercise price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The exercise price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the exercise price or certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (c) to the extent permitted by applicable law, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (d) such other methods of payment as the

4


 

Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election of the person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price, or other equity benefit as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options. The grant price of a substitute SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related option and the substitute SAR shall have substantive terms ( e.g., duration) that are equivalent to the related option. The grant price of any other SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a substitute SAR or ten years in the case of any other SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR payment may be made only in stock. In no event shall the Committee cancel any outstanding SAR for the purpose of reissuing the right to the participant at a lower grant price or reduce the grant price of an outstanding SAR.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock provides participants the rights to receive shares

5


 

after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock Units provide participants the right to receive shares at a future date after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:
          (a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period;
          (b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant, resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction; or
          (c) the attainment of performance goals including without limitation those described in section 14 hereof.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify. In the Committee’s discretion, participants may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents on awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.
     9.  Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units provide a participant a vested right to receive shares of common stock in lieu of other compensation at termination of employment or service or at a specific future designated date. In the Committee’s discretion, Deferred Stock Units may include the right to be credited with dividend equivalents in accordance with the terms and conditions of the units.
     10.  Performance Shares . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Shares”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each award of Performance Shares shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.

6


 

          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Shares award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above). The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Share award.
     11.  Performance Cash Awards . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom cash incentives based upon long-term performance (“Performance Cash Awards”) are to be awarded and determine the amount of the award and the terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each Performance Cash Award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Cash Award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Cash Awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $10,000,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Cash Award.
     12.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” (as defined below) for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated executive officer for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one executive officer exceed 30% of the total pool.

7


 

          For the purposes hereof, “consolidated earnings before income taxes” shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of: the following items, if and only if, such items are separately identified in the Company’s quarterly earnings press releases: (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business or investment, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The executive officer’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to an executive officer who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other executive officer’s allocated portion.
     13.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 12 above, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate; provided an outright grant of stock will not be made unless it is offered in exchange for cash compensation that has otherwise already been earned by the recipient.
     14.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards and other incentives under the Plan to a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2) may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; sales growth; price of Motorola common stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or

8


 

total return to stockholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements (including without limitation the Company’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” as defined in section 12), generally accepted accounting principles, or under an objective methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     15.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, (i) all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; (ii) all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse; (iii) all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; (iv) all Performance Shares shall be delivered, all Performance Cash Awards, Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; (v) all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out at target levels (or earned levels, if greater) and all other terms and conditions deemed met; and (vi) all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid; provided, however, that the treatment of outstanding awards set forth above (referred to herein as “accelerated treatment”) shall not apply if and to the extent that such awards are assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are replaced with an award that preserves the existing value of the award at the time of the Change in Control and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to the original award; provided, however, that with respect to any awards that are assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide for the accelerated treatment with respect to any participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control.
The term “Cause” shall mean, with respect to any participant, (i) the participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust or (ii) the participant’s willful engagement in gross misconduct in the

9


 

performance of the participant’s duties that materially injures the Company or a Subsidiary.
The term Good Reason shall mean, with respect to any participant, without such participant’s written consent, (i) the participant is assigned duties materially inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company or a Subsidiary during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control, or the participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities are materially diminished from those in effect during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control (whether or not occurring solely as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity), (ii) the Company reduces the participant’s annual base salary or target incentive opportunity under the Company’s annual incentive plan, such target incentive opportunity as in effect during the 90-day period immediately prior to the Change in Control, or as the same may be increased from time to time, unless such target incentive opportunity is replaced by a substantially equivalent substitute opportunity, (iii) the Company or a Subsidiary requires the participant regularly to perform his duties of employment beyond a fifty (50) mile radius from the location of the participant’s employment immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iv) the Company purports to terminate the Participant’s employment other than pursuant to a notice of termination which indicates the Participant’s employment has been terminated for “Cause” (as defined above) and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Participant’s employment.
A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)

10


 

is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola common stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
In the event that a payment or delivery of an award following a Change in Control would not be a permissible distribution event, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code or any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, then the payment or delivery shall be made on the earlier of (i) the date of payment or delivery originally provided for such benefit, or (ii) the date of termination of the participant’s employment or service with the Company or six months after such termination in the case of a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i).

11


 

     16.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) In the event of any change affecting the number, class, market price or terms of the shares of common stock by reason of stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, disaffiliation of a Subsidiary, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock rights offering, or other similar event, or any distribution to the holders of shares of common stock other than a regular cash dividend, (any of which is referred to herein as an “equity restructuring”), then the Committee shall make an equitable substitution or adjustment in the number or class of shares which may be issued under the Plan in the aggregate or to any one participant in any calendar year and in the number, class, price or terms of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Plan as it deems appropriate. Such substitution or adjustment shall equalize an award’s intrinsic and fair value before and after the equity restructuring.
          (b) In direct connection with the sale, lease, distribution to stockholders, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary (a “Divestiture”), the Committee may authorize the assumption or replacement of affected participants’ awards by the spun-off facility or organization unit or by the entity that controls the spun-off facility or organizational unit following disaffiliation.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation which results in the outstanding common stock of Motorola being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
          (d) Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise

12


 

price of outstanding Stock Options or SARs or cancel outstanding Stock Options or SARs in exchange for cash, other awards or Stock Options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Stock Options or SARs without stockholder approval.
     17.  Substitution and Assumption of Benefits . The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance of benefits under this Plan in connection with the assumption of, or substitution for, outstanding benefits previously granted to individuals who become employees of Motorola or any Subsidiary as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitations set forth in section 4 hereof, to the extent permitted by Section 303A.08 of the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
     18.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the beneficiary, executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the approval of the Committee in its sole discretion, Stock Options may be transferable to members of the immediate family of the participant and to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members, partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, or corporations in which such family members are the only stockholders. “Members of the immediate family” means the participant’s spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), and individuals who are family members by adoption.
     19.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving notice to the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery, and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable, until indemnified to its satisfaction. In connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder, a

13


 

participant may pay all or a portion of any withholding as follows: (a) with the consent of the Committee, by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld up to the minimum required statutory withholding amount; or (b) by delivering irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares and to promptly deliver the sales proceeds to Motorola for amounts up to and in excess of the minimum required statutory withholding amount. For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, no withholding in excess of the minimum statutory withholding amount will be allowed.
     20.  Duration of the Plan . No award shall be made under the Plan more than ten years after the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any option granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein.
     21.  Amendment and Termination . The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, unless expressly provided in an award or pursuant to the terms of any incentive plan implemented pursuant to this Plan, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options without a participant’s consent. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws, regulations, or stock exchange rules.
     22.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of shares of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.

14


 

     23.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, or forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or effective as of January 1, 2008 cancellation of awards or benefits, reimbursement of compensation paid or reimbursement of gains realized, upon certain restatement of financial results.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its discretion, establish one or more sub-plans to reflect such modified provisions. All sub-plans adopted by the Committee shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any sub-plans to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such sub-plan.
          (c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require a participant to have amounts or shares of common stock that otherwise would be paid or delivered to the participant as a result of the exercise or settlement of an award under the Plan credited to a deferred compensation or stock unit account established for the participant by the Committee on the Company’s books of account.
          (d) Neither the Plan nor any award shall confer upon a participant any right with respect to continuing the participant’s employment with the Company; nor shall they interfere in any way with the participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such

15


 

relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between the employee and the Company.
          (e) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any award, and the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
          (f) Payments and other benefits received by a participant under an award made pursuant to the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a participant’s compensation for purposes of determining the participant’s benefits under any other employee benefit plans or arrangements provided by the Company or a Subsidiary, notwithstanding any provision of such plan to the contrary, unless the Committee expressly provides otherwise in writing.
          (g) The Committee may permit participants to defer the receipt of payments of awards pursuant to such rules, procedures or programs it may establish for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that awards under the Plan are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, then the Plan as applied to those amounts shall be interpreted and administered so that it is consistent with such Code section.
     24.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Illinois (without regard to any state’s conflict of laws principles). Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.
     25.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2006, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

16

Exhibit 10.6
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2003
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall satisfy such requirements as:
          (a) the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
          (b) the New York Stock Exchange may establish pursuant to its rule-making authority; and
          (c) the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
          The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to select employees to participate in the Plan and to determine the number of option shares and other rights to be granted to such participants, except with respect to awards to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are or may become “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Covered Employees”) and any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such officer or officers.
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries and all non-employee directors of Motorola. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola shall be a subsidiary for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.

 


 

     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 95 million shares of Motorola common stock. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination or cancellation of any Stock Option or other benefit prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards prior to vesting, the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. Shares covered by a benefit granted under the Plan shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a participant. Any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right shall be counted as used only to the extent shares are actually issued to the participant upon exercise of the right. In addition, any shares retained by Motorola pursuant to a participant’s tax withholding election (other than shares used to satisfy any tax obligation upon the vesting of restricted stock or other stock awards), and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. Under the Plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (ii) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that are subject to the attainment of Performance Goals of Section 13 hereof relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, or (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 1,500,000 shares. No non-employee director may receive in any calendar year Stock Options relating to more than 30,000 shares or Restricted Stock Units relating to more than 30,000 shares. The shares reserved for issuance and the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 4 the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan for benefits other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall not exceed a total of 40 million shares (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof).
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock, Performance Units, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The option price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The option price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares (held for at least six months if the Company is accounting for Stock Options using APB Opinion 25 or purchased on the open market) having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the option price or certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (c) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise

2


 

price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (d) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election of the person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price or other equity benefit as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. An SAR may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option granted under this Plan or on a free-standing basis. The Committee also may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting. The grant price of a tandem or substitute SAR shall be equal to the option price of the related option. The grant price of a free-standing SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a tandem or substitute SAR or ten years in the case of a free-standing SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR which may be made only in stock.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:
(a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period; or
(b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify.
     9.  Performance Stock . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Stock”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each award of Performance Stock shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common

3


 

stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Stock award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee. The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Stock award.
     10.  Performance Units . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance units (“Performance Units”) are to be awarded and determine the number of units and the terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each Performance Unit award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
     Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Unit award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Unit awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $8,500,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Unit award.
     11.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s consolidated operating earnings for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated participant for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one participant exceed 30% of the total pool. Consolidated operating earnings shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of Special Items. Special Items shall include (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition, as identified in the Company’s quarterly and annual earnings releases.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The participant’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to a participant who is a Covered Employee be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other participant’s allocated portion.

4


 

     12.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 11 above, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate; provided an outright grant of stock will not be made unless it is offered in exchange for cash compensation that has otherwise already been earned by the recipient.
     13.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock, Performance Units and other incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; sales growth; price of Motorola common stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to stockholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude Special Items (as defined in section 11 above). In all other respects, Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     14.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse; all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; all Performance Stock shall be delivered; all Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out based on the consolidated operating earnings of the immediately preceding year or such other method of payment as may be determined by the Committee at the time of award or thereafter but prior to the Change in Control; and all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid. A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes

5


 

of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola common stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
     15.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) If Motorola shall at any time change the number of issued shares of common stock by stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, or exchange of shares, the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares which may be made subject to an award in any calendar year, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the price therefor, if any, shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          (b) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation which results in the outstanding common stock of Motorola being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     16.  Substitution and Assumption of Benefits . The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance of benefits under this Plan in connection with the assumption of, or substitution for, outstanding benefits previously granted to individuals who become employees of Motorola or any subsidiary as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization other than a Change in Control, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.
     17.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of

6


 

disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at its discretion, the Committee may permit the transfer of a Stock Option by the participant, subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee.
     18.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery notice and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. A participant may pay all or a portion of any required withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock, having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld.
     19.  Duration, Amendment and Termination . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten years after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any option granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein. The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent. No material amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval.
     20.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     21.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or provisions permitting the deferral of the receipt of a benefit for such period and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules.

7


 

          (c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit or require a participant to have amounts or shares of common stock that otherwise would be paid or delivered to the participant as a result of the exercise or settlement of an award under the Plan credited to a deferred compensation or stock unit account established for the participant by the Committee on the Company’s books of account.
     22.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).
     23.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on March 20, 2003, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

8

Exhibit 10.7
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2002
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any successor legislation. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan, in whole or in part, on such terms and conditions as it may impose, to such other person or persons as it may determine in its discretion, except with respect to benefits to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are or may be “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Covered Employees”).
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries and all Non-Employee Directors of Motorola. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola shall be a subsidiary for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 45 million shares of Motorola common stock. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination or cancellation of any stock option or other benefit prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards prior to vesting, the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. Shares covered by a Benefit granted under the Plan

 


 

shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. In addition, any shares retained by Motorola pursuant to a participant’s tax withholding election (other than shares used to satisfy any tax obligation upon the vesting of restricted stock or other stock awards), and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. Under the plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (ii) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that are subject to the attainment of Performance Goals of Section 13 hereof relating to more than 300,000 shares, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, or (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 300,000 shares. The shares reserved for issuance and the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 4 the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan for benefits other than stock options shall not exceed a total of 5,000,000 shares (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof.
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock, Performance Units, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The option price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The option price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares (held for at least six months) having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the option price or certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (c) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (d) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election of the person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price or other equity benefit as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.

2


 

     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. An SAR may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option granted under this Plan or on a free-standing basis. The Committee also may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options granted after May 5, 2003, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting. The grant price of a tandem or substitute SAR shall be equal to the option price of the related option. The grant price of a free-standing SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a tandem or substitute SAR or ten years in the case of a free-standing SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR which may be made only in stock.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:
(a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period; or
(b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify.
     9.  Performance Stock . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Stock”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award. Each award of Performance Stock shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Stock award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee. The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Stock award.

3


 

     10.  Performance Units . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance units (“Performance Units”) are to be awarded and determine the number of units and the terms and conditions of each such award. Each Performance Unit award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Unit award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Unit awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $5,000,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Unit award.
     11.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s consolidated operating earnings for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated participant for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one participant exceed 30% of the total pool. Consolidated operating earnings shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of Extraordinary Items. Extraordinary Items shall mean (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition, all of which must be identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The participant’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to a participant who is a Covered Employee be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other participant’s allocated portion.
     12.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 11 above, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.
     13.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock, Performance Units and other incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, cash

4


 

flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; price of Motorola common stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to shareholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude Extraordinary Items. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     14.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse; all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; all Performance Stock shall be delivered; all Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out based on the consolidated operating earnings of the immediately preceding year or such other method of payment as may be determined by the Committee at the time of award or thereafter but prior to the Change in Control; and all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid. A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction

5


 

with entities in which the holders of Motorola Common Stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board
     15.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) If Motorola shall at any time change the number of issued shares of common stock by stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, or exchange of shares, the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares which may be made subject to an award in any calendar year, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the price therefor, if any, shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 14, the Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization in which Motorola is the continuing corporation and which does not result in the outstanding common stock being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     16.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at its discretion, the Committee may permit the transfer of a Stock Option by the participant, subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee.
     17.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery notice and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as

6


 

to any award, if any such tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. A participant may pay all or a portion of any required withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock, having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld.
     18.  Duration, Amendment and Termination . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten years after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any benefit granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein. The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent. No amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by law, regulation, or stock exchange rule.
     19.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     20.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or provisions permitting the deferral of the receipt of a benefit for such period and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules.
     21.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).
     22.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on March 19, 2002, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

7

Exhibit 10.8
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2000
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) and its subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any successor legislation. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan, in whole or in part, on such terms and conditions as it may impose, to such other person or persons as it may determine in its discretion, except with respect to benefits to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are or may be “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Covered Employees”).
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries and all Non-Employee Directors of Motorola. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola shall be a subsidiary for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 107,100,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000) of Motorola common stock. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination or cancellation of any stock option or other benefit prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or

 


 

(ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards prior to vesting, the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. In addition, any shares retained by Motorola pursuant to a participant’s tax withholding election (other than shares used to satisfy any tax obligation upon the vesting of restricted stock or other stock awards), and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. Under the plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options relating to more than 3,000,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000), (ii) Restricted Stock that is subject to the attainment of Performance Goals of Section 13 hereof relating to more than 300,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000), (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000), or (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 300,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000). The shares reserved for issuance and the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 4 the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan for benefits other than stock options shall not exceed a total of 9,000,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 hereof).
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Performance Stock, Performance Units, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The option price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The option price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares (held for at least six months) having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the option price, (c) certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (d) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (e) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election of the person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price or other equity benefit

2


 

as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. An SAR may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option granted under this Plan or on a free-standing basis. The Committee also may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options granted after May 5, 2003, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting. The grant price of a tandem or substitute SAR shall be equal to the option price of the related option. The grant price of a free-standing SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a tandem or substitute SAR or ten years in the case of a free-standing SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR which may be made only in stock.
     8.  Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:
(a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance of the shares of Restricted Stock for a specified period; or
(b) a requirement that the holder of Restricted Stock forfeit (or in the case of             shares sold to the participant resell to Motorola at cost) such shares in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify.
     9.  Performance Stock . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Stock”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award. Each award of Performance Stock shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Stock award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee. The Committee may, in its

3


 

discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Stock award.
     10.  Performance Units . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance units (“Performance Units”) are to be awarded and determine the number of units and the terms and conditions of each such award. Each Performance Unit award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Unit award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Unit awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $5,000,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Unit award.
     11.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s consolidated operating earnings for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated participant for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one participant exceed 30% of the total pool. Consolidated operating earnings shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of Extraordinary Items. Extraordinary Items shall mean (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition, all of which must be identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The participant’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the participant’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to a participant who is a Covered Employee be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other participant’s allocated portion.
     12.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 11 above, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.

4


 

     13.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Performance Stock, Performance Units and other incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; price of Company Stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to shareholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude Extraordinary Items. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     14.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; all restrictions on Restricted Stock shall lapse; all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; all Performance Stock shall be delivered; all Performance Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out based on the consolidated operating earnings of the immediately preceding year or such other method of payment as may be determined by the Committee at the time of award or thereafter but prior to the Change in Control; and all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid. A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving

5


 

corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola Common Stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board
     15.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) If Motorola shall at any time change the number of issued shares of common stock by stock dividend or stock split, the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares which may be made subject to an award in any calendar year, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the price therefor, if any, shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 14, the Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization in which Motorola is the continuing corporation and which does not result in the outstanding common stock being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     16.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at its discretion, the Committee may permit the transfer of a Stock Option by the participant, subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee.

6


 

     17.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery notice and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion, subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a portion of any required withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock, having a fair market value equal to the amount to be withheld.
     18.  Duration, Amendment and Termination . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten years after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any benefit granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein. The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent. No amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by law, regulation, or stock exchange rule.
     19.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     20.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or provisions permitting the deferral of the receipt of a benefit for such period and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules.
     21.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).
     22.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 29, 2000, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

7

Exhibit 10.9
MOTOROLA AMENDED AND RESTATED INCENTIVE PLAN OF 1998
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
1.   NAME AND PURPOSE
1.1 Name . The name of this plan is the Amended and Restated Motorola Incentive Plan of 1998 (the “Plan”). The Effective Date was May 4, 1998, the date the Plan was approved by the stockholders of Motorola.
1.2 Purpose . Motorola has established the Plan to promote the interests of Motorola and its stockholders by providing full and part-time employees of Motorola or its subsidiaries with additional incentive to increase their efforts on Motorola’s behalf and to remain in the employ or service of Motorola or its Subsidiaries and with the opportunity, through stock ownership, to increase their proprietary interest in Motorola and their personal interest in its continued success and progress.
2.   Administration
The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any successor legislation. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan, in whole or in part, on such terms and conditions as it may impose, to such other person or persons as it may determine in its discretion.
3.   SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN
The number of shares which may be issued or sold or for which Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Right may be granted or received under the Plan, shall be (i) 37,500,000 shares (as adjusted for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000), plus (ii) the total number of shares with respect to which no options have been granted under Motorola’s Share Option Plan of 1996 on the Effective Date, plus (iii) the number of shares as to which options granted under Motorola’s

 


 

Share Option Plan of 1996 terminate or expire without being fully exercised. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination or cancellation of any stock option or other benefit prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards prior to vesting, the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. In addition, any shares retained by Motorola pursuant to a participant’s tax withholding election (other than shares used to satisfy any tax obligation upon the vesting of restricted stock or other stock awards), and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. No Participant may receive (i) Stock Options relating to more than 900,000 Shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000) in any Plan Year and (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 150,000 shares (reflecting adjustment for the 3-for-1 stock split effective June 1, 2000) in any calendar year. The shares reserved for issuance and the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 8 hereof. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.
4.   TYPES OF BENEFITS
Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights as described below.
5.   STOCK OPTIONS
Subject to the terms of the Plan, Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The option price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The option price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares (held for at least six months) having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the option price, (c) certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (d) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (e) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for the cancellation in exchange for issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price, or other equity benefit as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.

2


 

6.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. An SAR may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option granted under this Plan or on a free-standing basis. The Committee also may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options granted after May 5, 2003, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting. The grant price of a tandem or substitute SAR shall be equal to the option price of the related option. The grant price of a free-standing SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a tandem or substitute SAR or ten years in the case of a free-standing SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR which may be made only in stock.
7.   CHANGE IN CONTROL
Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, all outstanding benefits, including Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable. A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a

3


 

65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola Common Stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
8   ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS
(a) If Motorola shall at any time change the number of issued shares of common stock by stock dividend or stock split, the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares which may be made subject to an award in any calendar year, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the price therefore, if any, shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.
(c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization in which Motorola is the continuing corporation and which does not result in the outstanding common stock being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
9.   NONTRANSFERABILITY
Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and each Stock Option and SAR shall

4


 

be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at its discretion, the Committee may permit the transfer of a Stock Option by the participant, subject to such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee.
10.   TAXES
Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery notice and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion, subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a portion of any required withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock, having a fair market value equal to the amount to be withheld.
11.   DURATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
No Incentive Stock Option or other benefit shall be granted more than ten years after the date of original adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any benefit granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein. The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent. No amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by law, regulation, or stock exchange rule.
12.   FAIR MARKET VALUE
The fair market value of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
13.   OTHER PROVISIONS
(a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of

5


 

employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or provisions permitting the deferral of the receipt of a benefit for such period and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.
(b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules.
14.   GOVERNING LAW
The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

6

Exhibit 10.10
MOTOROLA COMPENSATION/ACQUISITION PLAN OF 2000
(as amended through May 4, 2009)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000 (the “Plan”) are (i) to make awards to employees of Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) and its subsidiaries (excluding directors of Motorola and Officers, as defined below) in connection with Motorola’s recruiting and retention efforts and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any successor legislation. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the number of shares of Motorola common stock to be reserved for issuance under the Plan; to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder; to establish and amend rules for Plan administration; to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant; and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in accordance with the purposes of the Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan, in whole or in part, on such terms and conditions as it may impose, to such other person or persons as it may determine in its discretion pursuant to section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries other than directors of Motorola and officers within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act (“Officers”). Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola shall be a subsidiary for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . The Committee has the authority to determine from time to time the maximum numbers of shares of Motorola common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination or cancellation of any stock option or other benefit prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards prior to vesting, the shares subject to these

1


 

options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. In addition, any shares retained by Motorola pursuant to a participant’s tax withholding election (other than shares used to satisfy any tax obligation upon the vesting of restricted stock or other stock awards), and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan. All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. The shares reserved for issuance and the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 14 hereof. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 4 the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan for benefits other than Stock Options, shall not exceed 10% of the shares authorized for issuance and reserved by the Committee as described in the Section 4 (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 14 hereof).
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Performance Stock, Performance Units and Other Stock Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an incentive stock option. The option price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The option price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares (held for at least six months) having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the option price, (c) certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (d) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (e) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, upon approval of the Company’s stockholders, the Committee may provide for, and the Company may implement, a one time only option exchange offer, pursuant to which certain outstanding Stock Options could, at the election of the person holding such Stock Option, be tendered to the Company for cancellation in exchange for the issuance of a lesser amount of Stock Options with a lower exercise price or other equity benefit as approved by the Committee, provided that such one time only option exchange offer is implemented within twelve months of the date of such stockholder approval.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. An SAR may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option granted under this Plan or on a free-standing basis. The Committee also may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options granted after May 5, 2003, at any time when the Company is subject to fair value accounting. The grant price of a tandem or substitute SAR shall be equal to the option price of

2


 

the related option. The grant price of a free-standing SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a tandem or substitute SAR or ten years in the case of a free-standing SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR which may be made only in stock.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms of the Plan, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:
(a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period; or
(b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify.
     9.  Performance Stock . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Stock”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award. Each award of Performance Stock shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Stock award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Stock award.
     10.  Performance Units . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance units (“Performance Units”) are to be awarded and determine the number of units and the terms and conditions of each such award. Each Performance Unit award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.

3


 

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Unit award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Unit award.
     11.  Other Stock Awards . In addition to the incentives described in Sections 6 through 10 above, and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions, as it deems appropriate.
     12.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Performance Stock, Performance Units and other incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; price of Company Stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to shareholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude Extraordinary Items. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.
     13.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; all restrictions on Restricted Stock shall lapse; all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; all Performance Stock shall be delivered; all Performance Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; and all other Stock Awards shall be delivered or paid. A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there

4


 

shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola Common Stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board
     14.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) If Motorola shall at any time change the number of issued shares of common stock by stock dividend or stock split, the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, and the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the price therefor, if any, shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of benefits under this Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization in which Motorola is the continuing corporation and which does not result in the outstanding common stock being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     15.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to

5


 

whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
     16.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery notice and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may, in its discretion, subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a portion of any required withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or SAR or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock, having a fair market value equal to the amount to be withheld.
     17.  Duration, Amendment and Termination . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted more than ten years after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any benefit granted on or before such date may thereafter be amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein. The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent.
     18.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     19.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or provisions permitting the deferral of the receipt of a benefit for such period and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law, regulation or accounting rules.
     20.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).
     21.  Broad-Based Plan . The Plan is intended to be a broadly based plan under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

6

Exhibit 10.11
AIRCRAFT TIME SHARING AGREEMENT
     This AIRCRAFT TIME SHARING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of this 4 th day of May 2009, is by and between Motorola, Inc. with its principal address at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumberg, Illinois 60196 (“Owner”) and Gregory Q. Brown (“Lessee”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Owner owns the aircraft listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Aircraft”);
     WHEREAS, Lessee desires to lease the Aircraft from Owner and Owner is willing to lease the Aircraft to Lessee;
     WHEREAS, Owner and Lessee have agreed on the lease of the Aircraft under a time sharing arrangement the terms and conditions of which are set forth herein;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is entered into in recognition of and in compliance with the applicable provisions of U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 14 C.F.R. §91.501(c)(1).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1: LEASE OF AIRCRAFT; TERM
     1.1 Lease of Aircraft . Subject to the terms and conditions herein, Owner shall lease the Aircraft to Lessee from time to time with a flight crew for the operation thereof, for all flights pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement from and after January 1, 2009, as and when required by Lessee so long as the Aircraft is not otherwise employed on behalf of Owner. Lessee’s use of the Aircraft shall constitute a non-exclusive lease.
     1.2 Term . The lease of the Aircraft under the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall become effective upon the date and time the Aircraft is delivered to Lessee and the Aircraft shall upon delivery, without further deed of lease or transfer, pass under and become subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Aircraft shall be deemed re-delivered to Owner upon the conclusion of each flight which Owner operates on behalf of Lessee.

 


 

ARTICLE 2: PERMISSIBLE CHARGES; TAXES
     2.1 Fees and Charges . As consideration for the lease of the Aircraft, Lessee shall pay up to the following charges to Owner on a flight-by-flight basis following the completion of each flight with the Aircraft:
  (a)   Fuel, oil, lubricants and other additives;
 
  (b)   Travel expenses of the crew, including fuel, lodging, and ground transportation;
 
  (c)   Hangar and tie-down costs away from the aircraft’s base of operation;
 
  (d)   Insurance obtained for the specific flight;
 
  (e)   Landing fees, airport taxes, and similar assessments;
 
  (f)   Customs, foreign permit, and similar fees directly related to the flight, if applicable;
 
  (g)   In-flight food and beverages;
 
  (h)   Passenger ground transportation;
 
  (i)   Flight planning and weather contract services; and
 
  (j)   An additional charge equal to 100 percent of the expenses listed in Section 2.1(a).
     The maximum amount which Lessee shall reimburse Owner for each use of the Aircraft subject to this Agreement is set forth in Schedule 1 hereto. Under no circumstances shall the compensation paid by the Lessee to the Owner under this agreement exceed the amounts permissible under 14 C.F.R. §91.501(d).
     2.2 Invoice and Payment . Within thirty (30) business days following the completion of each flight of the Aircraft on behalf of Lessee, Owner shall invoice Lessee for the charges determined by the parties and on record in the Motorola Aviation Department; provided, however, those charges shall not exceed the total charges specified in Section 2.1. Lessee shall pay the amount stated in the invoice within ten (10) business days following its receipt.
     2.3 Taxes . The payment of any compensation in connection with the flights conducted on behalf of Lessee under this agreement is subject to federal transportation excise tax as provided under 29 U.S.C. §4261. Owner shall be responsible for the payment of any and all federal transportation excise taxes in connection with this Agreement. All other federal, state, or local taxes, duties or assessments imposed on the charges specified in Section 2.1 shall be the responsibility of Owner.
ARTICLE 3: DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY OF AIRCRAFT
     3.1 Scheduling of Aircraft . Whenever possible, Lessee shall request use of the Aircraft no less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the requested departure time. All requests for the use of the Aircraft shall be submitted in writing to the Motorola Aviation Department.

-2-


 

Each such request shall specify the name of the Lessee, the date of departure, the date of return, the point of origin and the destination, the number and name of all passengers and emergency contact information for each passenger which shall not be another passenger on the same flight. Owner shall have final and exclusive authority over the scheduling of the Aircraft.
     3.2 Delivery and Redelivery of Aircraft . Delivery and redelivery of the Aircraft by one party to the other party shall ordinarily be made at Chicago Executive Airport, in Palwuakee, Illinois; provided, however, that delivery and/or redelivery of the Aircraft may be made at such other airport as shall be agreed upon by the parties.
ARTICLE 4: FLIGHT CREWS AND FLIGHT OPERATIONS
     4.1 Flight Crews . Owner shall provide a complete flight crew for the operation of the Aircraft during the lease of the Aircraft to Lessee under this Agreement. Each member of such flight crew shall be duly licensed and qualified to operate the Aircraft in accordance with the regulations and requirements of the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”).
     4.2 Operational Control . Owner shall at all times have operational control over all flights performed under this Agreement and shall be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable FAA regulations. The Lessee shall have the right to determine the schedules and destination of a flight while the Aircraft is being operated on behalf of Lessee, provided however that the pilot-in-command shall have sole authority to determine whether a flight may be safely operated and to initiate and terminate flights. Lessee undertakes to accept all decisions of the pilot-in-command regarding the operation of the Aircraft.
     4.3 Operation of Aircraft . Owner shall operate the Aircraft in a safe and reasonable manner and at all times in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the FAA.
ARTICLE 5: MAINTENANCE
     5.1 Aircraft Maintenance . During the term of this Agreement, Owner shall service and repair the Aircraft so as to:
  (a)   maintain the Aircraft in good operating condition;
 
  (b)   keep the Aircraft duly certified as airworthy at all times under the regulations of the FAA;
 
  (c)   maintain the Aircraft in accordance with the standards prescribed by applicable law as the same may be in effect from time to time; and
 
  (d)   maintain all records, logs and other documents required to be maintained with respect to the Aircraft.

-3-


 

     5.2 Maintenance Scheduling . All maintenance and inspections of the Aircraft shall have priority in scheduling the operation of the Aircraft on behalf of Lessee, unless such maintenance and inspections may be deferred in accordance with applicable FAA regulations and recommended manufacturer maintenance procedures.
ARTICLE 6: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     6.1 Owner Representations and Warranties . Owner represents and warrants to Lessee as follows:
  (a)   Owner has title to the Aircraft and has all necessary authority to enter into this Agreement for the lease of the Aircraft to Lessee; and
 
  (b)   Owner has not entered into this Agreement for the purpose of engaging in the sale of air transportation services for compensation or hire in contravention of the rules and regulations of the FAA.
     6.2 Lessee Representations and Warranties . Lessee represents and warrants to Owner as follows:
  (a)   Lessee has all necessary authority to enter into this Agreement for the lease of the Aircraft from Owner; and
 
  (b)   Lessee has not entered into this Agreement for the purpose of engaging in the sale of air transportation services or for compensation or hire in contravention of the rules and regulations of the FAA.
ARTICLE 7: INSURANCE
     7.1 Insurance . Owner shall provide and maintain Aircraft third party aviation legal liability insurance in an amount not less than Two Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($250,000,000). Such insurance shall include the following provisions:
  (a)   Lessee shall be named as an additional insured;
 
  (b)   Such insurance shall be primary without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by the Lessee;
 
  (c)   The underwriter of such insurance shall waive any right of subrogation with respect to potential claims against Lessee.
     7.2 Indemnification . Owner hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Lessee harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, suits, judgments, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees) for or on account of or in any way connected with injury to or death of any persons whomsoever or loss of or damage to property arising out of (i) the use or operation of the Aircraft under this Agreement or in any way

-4-


 

connected with this Agreement including but not limited to the Aircraft and related equipment or (ii) the performance or nonperformance by Owner of its responsibilities under this Agreement, unless such loss or damage results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee.
ARTICLE 8: TERMINATION
     8.1 Termination by Owner . Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect upon written notice to Lessee. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the cessation of Lessee’s employment by Owner.
ARTICLE 9: MISCELLANEOUS
     9.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and performance hereof shall be determined in accordance with laws of the State of Illinois (excluding conflict of laws principles).
     9.2 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
     9.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart constituting an original hereof.
ARTICLE 10: TRUTH-IN-LEASING
     10.1 Truth-in-Leasing . THE AIRCRAFT SUBJECT TO THIS TIME SHARING AGREEMENT HAS BEEN MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PART 91 OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRECEDING THE EFFECTIVE DATE HEREOF AND THE OWNER HERETO CERTIFY THAT FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE OPERATION TO BE CONDUCTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID PART 91. THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE AIRCRAFT FOR THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT IS MOTOROLA, INC., 1303 EAST ALGONQUIN ROAD, SCHAUMBERG, ILLINOIS 60196 AND SAID PARTY HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT IT UNDERSTANDS ITS RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS. AN EXPLANATION OF THE FACTORS BEARING ON OPERATIONAL CONTROL AND PERTINENT FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE NEAREST FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.

-5-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the 4 th day of May 2009.
                     
MOTOROLA, INC.       LESSEE    
 
                   
 
                   
/s/ Greg A. Lee       /s/ Gregory Q. Brown    
             
Name:   Greg A. Lee       Name:   Gregory Q. Brown
Title:
  Senior Vice President,
Human Resources
               

-6-


 

SCHEDULE 1
AIRCRAFT SUBJECT TO THE TIME SHARING AGREEMENT
     
Aircraft
   
 
   
Dassault Falconjet 50EX
   
 
   
Gulfstream G450
   
 
   
Gulfstream G450
   
 
   
Gulfstream G550
   

 

Exhibit 10.12
AIRCRAFT TIME SHARING AGREEMENT
     This AIRCRAFT TIME SHARING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of this 4 th day of May 2009, is by and between Motorola, Inc. with its principal address at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumberg, Illinois 60196 (“Owner”) and Sanjay K. Jha (“Lessee”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Owner owns the aircraft listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Aircraft”);
     WHEREAS, Lessee desires to lease the Aircraft from Owner and Owner is willing to lease the Aircraft to Lessee;
     WHEREAS, Owner and Lessee have agreed on the lease of the Aircraft under a time sharing arrangement the terms and conditions of which are set forth herein;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is entered into in recognition of and in compliance with the applicable provisions of U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 14 C.F.R. §91.501(c)(1).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1: LEASE OF AIRCRAFT; TERM
     1.1 Lease of Aircraft . Subject to the terms and conditions herein, Owner shall lease the Aircraft to Lessee from time to time with a flight crew for the operation thereof, for all flights pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement from and after January 1, 2009, as and when required by Lessee so long as the Aircraft is not otherwise employed on behalf of Owner. Lessee’s use of the Aircraft shall constitute a non-exclusive lease.
     1.2 Term . The lease of the Aircraft under the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall become effective upon the date and time the Aircraft is delivered to Lessee and the Aircraft shall upon delivery, without further deed of lease or transfer, pass under and become subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Aircraft shall be deemed re-delivered to Owner upon the conclusion of each flight which Owner operates on behalf of Lessee.

 


 

ARTICLE 2: PERMISSIBLE CHARGES; TAXES
     2.1 Fees and Charges . As consideration for the lease of the Aircraft, Lessee shall pay up to the following charges to Owner on a flight-by-flight basis following the completion of each flight with the Aircraft:
  (a)   Fuel, oil, lubricants and other additives;
 
  (b)   Travel expenses of the crew, including fuel, lodging, and ground transportation;
 
  (c)   Hangar and tie-down costs away from the aircraft’s base of operation;
 
  (d)   Insurance obtained for the specific flight;
 
  (e)   Landing fees, airport taxes, and similar assessments;
 
  (f)   Customs, foreign permit, and similar fees directly related to the flight, if applicable;
 
  (g)   In-flight food and beverages;
 
  (h)   Passenger ground transportation;
 
  (i)   Flight planning and weather contract services; and
 
  (j)   An additional charge equal to 100 percent of the expenses listed in Section 2.1(a).
     The maximum amount which Lessee shall reimburse Owner for each use of the Aircraft subject to this Agreement is set forth in Schedule 1 hereto. Under no circumstances shall the compensation paid by the Lessee to the Owner under this agreement exceed the amounts permissible under 14 C.F.R. §91.501(d).
     2.2 Invoice and Payment . Within thirty (30) business days following the completion of each flight of the Aircraft on behalf of Lessee, Owner shall invoice Lessee for the charges determined by the parties and on record in the Motorola Aviation Department; provided, however, those charges shall not exceed the total charges specified in Section 2.1. Lessee shall pay the amount stated in the invoice within ten (10) business days following its receipt.
     2.3 Taxes . The payment of any compensation in connection with the flights conducted on behalf of Lessee under this agreement is subject to federal transportation excise tax as provided under 29 U.S.C. §4261. Owner shall be responsible for the payment of any and all federal transportation excise taxes in connection with this Agreement. All other federal, state, or local taxes, duties or assessments imposed on the charges specified in Section 2.1 shall be the responsibility of Owner.
ARTICLE 3: DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY OF AIRCRAFT
     3.1 Scheduling of Aircraft . Whenever possible, Lessee shall request use of the Aircraft no less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the requested departure time. All requests for the use of the Aircraft shall be submitted in writing to the Motorola Aviation Department.

-2-


 

Each such request shall specify the name of the Lessee, the date of departure, the date of return, the point of origin and the destination, the number and name of all passengers and emergency contact information for each passenger which shall not be another passenger on the same flight. Owner shall have final and exclusive authority over the scheduling of the Aircraft.
     3.2 Delivery and Redelivery of Aircraft . Delivery and redelivery of the Aircraft by one party to the other party shall ordinarily be made at Chicago Executive Airport, in Palwuakee, Illinois; provided, however, that delivery and/or redelivery of the Aircraft may be made at such other airport as shall be agreed upon by the parties.
ARTICLE 4: FLIGHT CREWS AND FLIGHT OPERATIONS
     4.1 Flight Crews . Owner shall provide a complete flight crew for the operation of the Aircraft during the lease of the Aircraft to Lessee under this Agreement. Each member of such flight crew shall be duly licensed and qualified to operate the Aircraft in accordance with the regulations and requirements of the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”).
     4.2 Operational Control . Owner shall at all times have operational control over all flights performed under this Agreement and shall be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable FAA regulations. The Lessee shall have the right to determine the schedules and destination of a flight while the Aircraft is being operated on behalf of Lessee, provided however that the pilot-in-command shall have sole authority to determine whether a flight may be safely operated and to initiate and terminate flights. Lessee undertakes to accept all decisions of the pilot-in-command regarding the operation of the Aircraft.
     4.3 Operation of Aircraft . Owner shall operate the Aircraft in a safe and reasonable manner and at all times in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the FAA.
ARTICLE 5: MAINTENANCE
     5.1 Aircraft Maintenance . During the term of this Agreement, Owner shall service and repair the Aircraft so as to:
  (a)   maintain the Aircraft in good operating condition;
 
  (b)   keep the Aircraft duly certified as airworthy at all times under the regulations of the FAA;
 
  (c)   maintain the Aircraft in accordance with the standards prescribed by applicable law as the same may be in effect from time to time; and
 
  (d)   maintain all records, logs and other documents required to be maintained with respect to the Aircraft.

-3-


 

     5.2 Maintenance Scheduling . All maintenance and inspections of the Aircraft shall have priority in scheduling the operation of the Aircraft on behalf of Lessee, unless such maintenance and inspections may be deferred in accordance with applicable FAA regulations and recommended manufacturer maintenance procedures.
ARTICLE 6: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     6.1 Owner Representations and Warranties . Owner represents and warrants to Lessee as follows:
  (a)   Owner has title to the Aircraft and has all necessary authority to enter into this Agreement for the lease of the Aircraft to Lessee; and
 
  (b)   Owner has not entered into this Agreement for the purpose of engaging in the sale of air transportation services for compensation or hire in contravention of the rules and regulations of the FAA.
     6.2 Lessee Representations and Warranties . Lessee represents and warrants to Owner as follows:
  (a)   Lessee has all necessary authority to enter into this Agreement for the lease of the Aircraft from Owner; and
 
  (b)   Lessee has not entered into this Agreement for the purpose of engaging in the sale of air transportation services or for compensation or hire in contravention of the rules and regulations of the FAA.
ARTICLE 7: INSURANCE
     7.1 Insurance . Owner shall provide and maintain Aircraft third party aviation legal liability insurance in an amount not less than Two Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($250,000,000). Such insurance shall include the following provisions:
  (a)   Lessee shall be named as an additional insured;
 
  (b)   Such insurance shall be primary without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by the Lessee;
 
  (c)   The underwriter of such insurance shall waive any right of subrogation with respect to potential claims against Lessee.
     7.2 Indemnification . Owner hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Lessee harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, suits, judgments, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees) for or on account of or in any way connected with injury to or death of any persons whomsoever or loss of or damage to property arising out of (i) the use or operation of the Aircraft under this Agreement or in any way

-4-


 

connected with this Agreement including but not limited to the Aircraft and related equipment or (ii) the performance or nonperformance by Owner of its responsibilities under this Agreement, unless such loss or damage results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee.
ARTICLE 8: TERMINATION
     8.1 Termination by Owner . Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect upon written notice to Lessee. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the cessation of Lessee’s employment by Owner.
ARTICLE 9: MISCELLANEOUS
     9.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and performance hereof shall be determined in accordance with laws of the State of Illinois (excluding conflict of laws principles).
     9.2 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
     9.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart constituting an original hereof.
ARTICLE 10: TRUTH-IN-LEASING
     10.1 Truth-in-Leasing . THE AIRCRAFT SUBJECT TO THIS TIME SHARING AGREEMENT HAS BEEN MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PART 91 OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS DURING THE TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRECEDING THE EFFECTIVE DATE HEREOF AND THE OWNER HERETO CERTIFY THAT FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE OPERATION TO BE CONDUCTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID PART 91. THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE AIRCRAFT FOR THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT IS MOTOROLA, INC., 1303 EAST ALGONQUIN ROAD, SCHAUMBERG, ILLINOIS 60196 AND SAID PARTY HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT IT UNDERSTANDS ITS RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS. AN EXPLANATION OF THE FACTORS BEARING ON OPERATIONAL CONTROL AND PERTINENT FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE NEAREST FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.

-5-


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the 4 th day of May 2009.
                     
MOTOROLA, INC.           LESSEE    
 
                   
 
                   
 /s/Greg A. Lee            /s/ Sanjay K. Jha    
             
Name:
  Greg A. Lee           Name: Sanjay K. Jha    
Title:
  Senior Vice President,
Human Resources
               

-6-


 

SCHEDULE 1
AIRCRAFT SUBJECT TO THE TIME SHARING AGREEMENT
     
Aircraft
   
 
   
Dassault Falconjet 50EX
   
 
   
Gulfstream G450
   
 
   
Gulfstream G450
   
 
   
Gulfstream G550
   

 

     
 
  Exhibit 10.13
 
  Greg Brown 5/09
 
  2006 Plan
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options

                     
 
                   
Recipient:
          Date of Expiration:        
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
Commerce ID#:
          Number of Options:        
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
Date of Grant:
          Exercise Price:        
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or “the Company”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.
Vesting Schedule
All Eligible Options (as defined below) will vest and become exercisable upon the earlier of (1) the Separation (as defined below) or (2) a Public Announcement (as defined below); provided, however, that any Options that are not Eligible Options on such Separation or Public Announcement will vest and become exercisable upon the date that such Options become Eligible Options. The Options will become “Eligible Options” in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Percentage   Date
33.3% 
  May 7, 2010
33.3% 
  May 7, 2011
33.4% 
  May 7, 2012
Except as described below under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates,” no Options will vest or become exercisable unless and until such Options are Eligible Options.
Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting — The Options will vest in accordance with the above schedule (subject to the other terms hereof):
Special Vesting — You may be subject to the Special Vesting Dates described below if your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary (as defined below) terminates.
Exercisability — You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earlier of (1) the Date of Expiration as stated above or (2) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.

-1-


 

Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates
There are events that cause your Options to vest sooner than the Regular Vesting schedule discussed above or to expire sooner than the Date of Expiration as stated above. Those events are as follows:
Disability — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your termination of employment or service. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
Change In Control — If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this Award Document, the terms “Change in Control” “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct — If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below), all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture — If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a Separation (as defined below), or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction that is not a Separation ( a “Divestiture”), all of your unvested Options will vest on a pro rata basis in an amount equal to (a)(i) the total number of Options subject to this Award, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed full months of service by the Grantee from the Date of Grant to the date of the Divestiture and the denominator of which is thirty-six months, minus (b) any Options that vested prior to the date of the Divestiture. All of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after such Divestiture or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct Prior to a Separation or Public Announcement - If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Serious Misconduct prior to a Separation or Public Announcement then all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested Options but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.

-2-


 

Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct on or after a Separation or Public Announcement — If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Serious Misconduct on or after a Separation or Public Announcement then all of your unvested Options will vest on a pro rata basis in an amount equal to (a)(i) the total number of Options subject to this Award, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed full months of service by the Grantee from the Date of Grant to the employee’s date of termination and the denominator of which is thirty-six months, minus (b) any Options that vested prior to the date of termination. All of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or service or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence/Temporary Layoff
If you take a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola, or you are placed on Temporary Layoff (as defined below) by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:
Vesting of Options — Options will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above.
Exercising Options — You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service — If your employment or service is terminated during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms
Method of Exercising — You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability — Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding — Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.

-3-


 

Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on the date of grant or date of exercise, whichever is applicable. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition at www.online.wsj.com .
“Public Announcement” means the announcement by the Company to not effect a separation as described on page 41 of the Motorola, Inc. Form 10-K for fiscal year 2008.
“Separation” means the separation of the business structures as described on page 41 of the Motorola Form 10-K for fiscal year 2008.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Serious Misconduct” means for purposes of this Agreement any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
“Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
“Temporary Layoff” means a layoff or redundancy that is communicated as being for a period of up to twelve months and as including a right to recall under defined circumstances.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves

-4-


 

as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Agreement Following Termination of Employment
As a further condition of accepting the Options, you acknowledge and agree that for a period of one year following your termination of employment or service, you will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of Motorola or a Subsidiary who possesses Confidential Information of Motorola or a Subsidiary to terminate his/her employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary and/or to seek employment with your new or prospective employer, or any other company. You agree that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, and for a period of one year thereafter, you will immediately inform Motorola of (i) the identity of your new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (ii) your new title, and (iii) your job duties and responsibilities. You hereby authorize Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to your new employer. You further agree to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine your compliance with the terms hereof.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in common stock.

-5-


 

Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan, any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan, and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp. If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.

-6-

Exhibit 10.14
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE: May ___, 2009
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information, I agree to the following:
1.   I acknowledge that my agreement to the following restrictive covenants are a condition of the grant of the Covered Options:
  (a)   I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
 
  (b)   I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
 
  (c)   I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not engage in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which I engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which I worked at any time during the two years preceding the termination of my employment. This paragraph applies in the countries in which I have physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment.
 
  (d)   I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any

-1-


 

      other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.
  (e)   I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provide products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to termination of my employment with the Company.
2.   I acknowledge that the Covered Options are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “Recoupment Policy”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by me, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “Policy Restatement”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Covered Options that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains realized in respect of the Covered Options, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon me. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
 
3.   I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity in any country, all of my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within two years prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
 
4.   The requirements of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc.
 
5.   I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.
 
6.   I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to

-2-


 

    the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
7.   I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1(a), (b), (c), (d) and/or (e) of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 10 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
 
8.   With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 10 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
 
9.   I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
 
10.   I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA. I accept the jurisdiction of these courts and consent to service of process from said courts solely for legal actions related to this Agreement and the Covered Options.
                     
 
                   
 
                   
Name:
          Signature:        
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
CID:
          Date:        
 
                   
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN                      , 2009.

-3-

Exhibit 10.15
Greg Brown Form of RSU
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on ___(“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to ___(the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ” or the “ Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, Grantee is the Co-Chief Executive Officer of Motorola;
     WHEREAS, the Award is a grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below and subject to adjustment as provided in the 2006 Omnibus Plan. The units are granted pursuant to the 2006 Omnibus Plan and are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the 2006 Omnibus Plan.
 
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”):
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(f).
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct for any reason, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose

-1-


 

      Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (v) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola, Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or
 
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee engages in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which Grantee engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which Grantee worked at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment. This paragraph applies in countries in which Grantee

-2-


 

      has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment; and/or
  (iv)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned confidential information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; and/or
 
  (v)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provides products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  d.   The Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “ Recoupment Policy ”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by Grantee, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “ Policy Restatement ”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Units that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains in respect of the Units, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon Grantee. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
 
  e.   The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Vesting . Subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Award, and provided the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, the Units will vest as follows.
  a.   Eligible Units will vest upon the earlier of (i) a Separation (as defined in Section 19) or (ii) a Public Announcement (as defined in Section 19); provided,

-3-


 

      however, that any Units that are not Eligible Units on such Separation or Public Announcement will vest upon the date that such Units become Eligible Units.
  b.   The Units will become “Eligible Units” in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Percentage   Date
33.3% 
  May 7, 2010
33.3% 
  May 7, 2011
33.4% 
  May 7, 2012
  c.   Except as described below in Sections 2(e)(f) and (g) , no Units will vest unless and until such Units are Eligible Units.
 
  d.   For purposes of this Agreement, the “Restriction Period” applicable to a Unit shall refer to the period of time beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that the Restrictions applicable to such Unit shall lapse, as set forth in Section 3(a) (b) and (c) above.
 
  e.   The Units will also vest as follows:
  (i)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause ” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (ii)   Upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (iii)   If the Grantee dies.
  f.   In the case of Involuntary Termination due to a Divestiture before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full months of service by the Grantee

-4-


 

      from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) thirty-six months.
  g.   In the case of Involuntary Termination for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct prior to a Separation or Public Announcement and before the expiration of the Restriction Period, the Units that are not vested shall be forfeited.
 
  h.   In the case of Involuntary Termination for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct on or after a Separation or Public Announcement and before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full months of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) thirty-six months.
 
  i.   “Involuntary Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a Separation (as defined below), or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction that is not a Separation (a “Divestiture”).
 
  j.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  k.   If, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  l.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.

-5-


 

6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent .
  a.   Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
 
  b.   Subject to Section 18, the actions contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) above shall occur within 60 days following the date that the applicable Units have vested.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse (the “Restrictions Lapse Date”) as reported for the New York Stock Exchange- Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com or, for purposes of imposing sanctions under Section 2(d), on any date specified therein. In the event the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading on the Restrictions Lapse Date, or if the Common Stock does not trade on such day, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the Restrictions Lapse Date.
 
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
 
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer

-6-


 

    hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary,
 
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of Sections 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and/or (v) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in Section 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
 
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of Sections 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and

-7-


 

    (v) and Sections 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in Section 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
 
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
 
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
 
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
 
18.   409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision in this Award to the contrary, if the Grantee is a “specified employee” (certain officers of Motorola, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) and using the identification methodology selected by Motorola from time to time) on the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment, any payment which would be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that the Grantee is entitled to receive upon termination of employment and which otherwise would be paid or delivered during the six month period immediately following the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment will instead be paid or delivered on the earlier of (i) the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment and (ii) death. Notwithstanding any provision in this Award that requires the Company to pay or deliver payments with respect to Units upon vesting (or within 60 days following the date that the applicable Units vest) if the event that causes the applicable Units to vest is not a permissible payment event as defined in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, then the payment with respect to such Units will instead be paid or delivered on the earlier of (i) the specified date of payment or delivery originally provided for such Units and (ii) the date of the Grantee’s termination of employment (subject to any delay required by the first sentence of this paragraph). Payment shall be made within 60 days following the applicable payment date. For purposes of determining the time of payment or delivery of any payment the Grantee is entitled to receive upon termination of employment, the determination of whether the Grantee has experienced a termination of employment will be determined by Motorola in a manner consistent with the definition of “separation from service” under the default rules of Section 409A of the Code.

-8-


 

19.   Definitions . Any capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined below or elsewhere in this Award Agreement shall have the same meaning provided under the 2006 Omnibus Plan.
  a.   “Public Announcement” means the announcement by the Company to not effect a separation as described on page 41 of the Motorola, Inc. Form 10- K for fiscal year 2008.
 
  b.   “Separation” means the separation of the business structures as described on page 41 of the Motorola Inc. Form 10- K for fiscal year 2008.
20.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“ Email Notification Date ”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
 
21.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay.finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196, (847) 576-7885.

-9-

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Gregory Q. Brown, Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, Broadband Mobility Solutions, Motorola, Inc., certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Motorola, Inc.;
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  (a)      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)      Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)      Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  (a)      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  GREGORY Q. BROWN
Gregory Q. Brown
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.
Chief Executive Officer, Broadband Mobility Solutions
Motorola, Inc.

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Dr. Sanjay K. Jha, Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, Mobile Devices, Motorola, Inc., certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Motorola, Inc.;
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  (e)      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (f)      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (g)      Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (h)      Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  (c)      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (d)      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  SANJAY K. JHA
Dr. Sanjay K. Jha
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.
Chief Executive Officer, Mobile Devices
Motorola, Inc.

Exhibit 31.3
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Edward J. Fitzpatrick, Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Acting Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Motorola, Inc.;
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  (i)      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (j)      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (k)      Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (l)      Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  (e)      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (f)      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  EDWARD J. FITZPATRICK
Edward J. Fitzpatrick
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and
Acting Chief Financial Officer
Motorola, Inc.

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Gregory Q. Brown, Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, Broadband Mobility Solutions, Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
 
  (1)  the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 4, 2009 (the “Quarterly Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)  the information contained in the Quarterly Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
 
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
 
Dated: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  GREGORY Q. BROWN
Gregory Q. Brown
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.
Chief Executive Officer, Broadband Mobility Solutions
Motorola, Inc.

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Sanjay K. Jha, Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, Mobile Devices, Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
 
  (1)  the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 4, 2009 (the “Quarterly Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)  the information contained in the Quarterly Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
 
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
 
Dated: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  SANJAY K. JHA
Dr. Sanjay K. Jha
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc.
Chief Executive Officer, Mobile Devices
Motorola, Inc.

Exhibit 32.3
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Edward J. Fitzpatrick, Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Acting Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
 
  (1)  the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 4, 2009 (the “Quarterly Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)  the information contained in the Quarterly Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
 
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
 
Dated: May 6, 2009
 
/s/  EDWARD J. FITZPATRICK
Edward J. Fitzpatrick
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and
Acting Chief Financial Officer
Motorola, Inc.